fm3082 1ag27.28 karkaTI GOES TO COURT .z60
jivadas
fm3082 1ag27.28 karkaTI GOES TO COURT .z60
work in progress .v16
karkaTI
GOES TO COURT
vasiShTha said—
इति राज-मुखाच्_छ्रूत्वा कर्कटी वन-मर्कटी ।
iti rAja-mukhAc_chrUtvA karkaTI vana-markaTI |
अवबुद्ध-पदान्तम् स्वम् जहौ मत्सर-चापलम् ॥३।८२।१॥
avabuddha-padAntam svam jahau matsara-cApalam ||3|82|1||
.
so
the craven crowish karkaTI
heard
these words
from the King's own mouth
and thought.about them on her way to end her greedy selfishness
.
~vlm. karkaTI ... pondered well in herself the sense of the words, and forsook her levity and malice.
sv. ... became tranquil, and her demoniacal nature left her.
अन्त:शीतल.ताम्_एत्य विश्रान्तिम्_अपतापताम् ।
anta:zItala.tAm_etya vizrAntim_apatApatAm |
प्राप्ता प्रावृण्-मयूरी इव स.ज्योत्स्नेन कुमुद्वती ॥२॥
prAptA prAvRN-mayUrI iva sa.jyotsnena kumudvatI ||2||
.
she had come to inner coolness
—Repose, the Heating.down—
like a thirsty peahen welcoming the Rains
or a pondful of lotuses touched by moonbeans
.
तथा राज-गिरा तस्या आनन्द उदभूद् भृशम् ।
tathA rAja-girA tasyA Ananda udabhUd bhRzam |
गर्भे_अन्त: खे बलाकाया रवेणेव वयो-मुच: ॥३॥
garbhe_anta: khe balAkAyA raveNeva vayo-muca: ||3||
.
so
it was
when the Royal Word brought her an abundant bellyful of Joy
.
she was like a fledgling crane
in the sky
crying the freedom of a bird
.
The OGRESS exclaimed—
अहो बत पवित्रा इयम् भवतोर्_भाति शेमुषी ।
aho bata pavitrA_iyam bhavator_bhAti zemuSI |
अन्.अस्तमित-सारेण प्रबोध-अर्केण भासिता ॥४॥
an.astamita-sAreNa prabodha-arkeNa bhAsitA ||4||
.
o
O
how
purifying it is
!
from both Your Graces
there shines understanding of the unsetting Essence
uttered
by the Sun of Realization
.
~vlm. ... it glows as serenely by its inward effulgence, as it is illuminated by the sun of intelligence.
शीता समरसा शुद्धा ज्योत्स्नेव शशि-मण्डलात् ।
zItA samarasA zuddhA jyotsnA_iva zazi-maNDalAt |
विवेक-कणिकाम् श्रुत्वा भवतो हृदयाद् इयम् ॥५॥
viveka-kaNikAm zrutvA bhavato_ hRdayAd_iyam ||5||
.
I am cool,
equable,
pure as the light of the Rabbit.in.the.Moon ,
having heard this
Item of Discernment
from the heart of Your Beingnesses
.
~vlm. Hearing the grains (words) of your reasoning...
विवेकिनो जगत्-पूज्या: सेव्या मन्ये भवादृशा: ।
vivekina: jagat-pUjyA: sevyA_ manye bhavAdRzA: |
सत्सङ्गात् स.विकासास्मि चन्द्रेणेव कुसुद्वती ॥६॥
satsaGgAt_sa.vikAsA_asmi candreNa_Iva kusudvatI ||6||
.
anyone like Your Beingnesses
is to be honored and served in the world
by the discerning,
—
or so
I
think
—
for thru such good company
I have been brought to blossom
as a white lotus is by the Royal Moon
.
सौरभम् कुसुमासङ्गाद् एव सत्सङ्गमाच् छुभम् ।
वर्तते ह्य् अर्क-संपर्काद् विकासो अम्बु-रुहाम् इव ॥७॥
saurabham kusumÂsaGgAd eva satsaGgamAc_chubham | vartate hy_arka-samparkAd_vikAso_ ambu-ruhAm_iva ||7||
.
as
fragrance comes from contact with the blossom,
so
good company brings blessing
&
contact with the sun
brings the lotus-bud into bloom
.
~vlm.7. The society of the virtuous, scatters its blessings, as a flower garden spreads its fragrance all around ....
महताम् एव संपर्कात् पुनर् दुःखम् न बाधते ।
mahatAm eva samparkAt punar du:kham na bAdhate |
को हि दीप-शिखा.हस्त=तमसा परिभूयते ॥८॥
ko hi dIpa-zikhA.hasta=tamasA paribhUyate ||8||
.
when Ure touched by the Great Ones
sorrow doesnt trouble U again
&
so
with your candle in my hand
the darkness
is
subdued
.
~sv.8 6-8 One who enjoys the company of enlightened men does not suffer in this world, even as one who holds a candle in his hand does not see darkness anywhere.
~vlm.8. Society with the good and great, dispels all our woes; as a lamp in the hand, disperses the surrounding darkness.
*jd. so getting the mere company of great ones, sorrow won't again trouble you, for a candle in the hand overcomes the darkness.
मया_इमौ जङ्गल-प्राप्तौ भवन्तौ भूमि-भास्करौ ।
mayA_imau jaGgala-prAptau bhavantau bhUmi-bhAskarau |
पूजनीयाव्_अत : शीघ्रम्_ईहितम् कथ्यताम् शुभम् ॥९॥
pUjanIyAv_ata : zIghram_Ihitam kathyatAm zubham ||9||
.
two
jungle.caught Beingnesses
two suns over the land
are to be honored
so
quickly
tell me what you wish
.
~vlm.9. I have fortunately obtained you as two great lights in this forest; you both are entitled to my reverence here, and deign now to acquaint me, with the good intent which has brought you hither.
The KING—
अस्मिन्_जनपदे रक्ष:कुल=कानन-मञ्जरि ।
asmin_janapade rakSa:kula=kAnana-maJjari |
जनस्य बाधते_ऽत्यन्तम् सदा हृदय-शूलनम् ॥१०॥
janasya bAdhate_'tyantam sadA hRdaya-zUlanam ||
10
||
.
in this country
you
are a blossom in the forest of the rakSha.Demon tribe
for us
for there is
a serious problem for the people of my country,
a constant pain in the Heart
.
sv. ... rheumatic heart troubles.
यत: सर्वैव जनता तप्ता दृढ-विषूचिका ।
मण्डले ननु तेन_अहम् निर्गतो रात्रि-चर्यया ॥११॥
yata: sarvA_eva janatA taptA dRDha-viSUcikA | maNDale nanu tena_aham nirgato_ rAtri-caryayA ||11||
.
all of my people here in Royal City are on fire with
this
vishUchikA.Plague
.
so
I've come on night patrol to deal with it
.
~vlm.11. It is the obdurate disease of Vishuchi or cholic pain... ~sv.11 In the country there is also an epidemic of cholera.
~VA. here, the king just states the disease, caused by viSUcika, or he actually knows this is she, who stands in front? She did not introduce herself? ~AS. I don't think he knows any specific connection. -- As all the people are upset with established disease in our neighborhood, I indeed stepped out to move about at night (to investigate).
शूलादि हृदये नॄणाम् न शाम्यति यद् औषधै: ।
ततो_अहम् त्वद्-विध-प्रोक्त-मन्त्रार्थेन विनिर्गत: ॥१२॥
zUla.Adi hRdaye nRRNAm na zAmyati yad_auSadhai: | tato_aham tvad.vidha-prokta-mantra-arthena i.nirgata: ||12||
.
when such a prick
in the heart of humans
cannot be staunched by herbs
then
am
I
—being a stand.in for a Spell—
come forth
.
~vlm.12. This cholic pain is not removed from the hearts of men by any medicine, so I have come out in search of the mantra revealed to her for its cure.
त्वादृशस्य च लोकस्य मुग्ध-लोकाभिघातिन: ।
निग्रहार्थम् प्रवृत्तिर् मे सा च संपत्तिम् एत्य् अलम् ॥१३॥
tvAdRzasya ca lokasya mugdha-loka-abhighAtina: | nigraha-artham pravRttir_me sA ca sampattim_ety_alam ||13||
.
your sort of
people like U
prey on the innocent
and
my job is to put you under lock and key
&
that's what I'm about to do
!
~vlm. ... and this is all that I have to tell thee and do in this place.
~AS. I am ready to arrest (nigrahArtham pravRttir me) people like you who murder innocent people, and it works well (sA ca sampattim eti alam - as I am about to grab you!)
एतावद् एव च शुभे त्वया अङ्गी-क्रियताम् वच: ।
etAvad eva ca zubhe tvayA aGgI-kriyatAm vaca: |
भूयो भवत्या प्राणा हि हिंसनीया न कस्यचित् ॥१४॥
bhUyo bhavatyA prANA hi hiMsanIyA na kasyacit ||14||
.
this much would be a blessing
:
to have your word of agreement as to people's lives
—
no more,
Madam,
no more killing anyhow,
OK
?
~sv.14 13-14 My humble submission to you is this: do not take the life of any of my people.
~vlm.14. Therefore, O good lady! do thou promise to me in thy own words, that thou shalt never injure any living being in future.
The OGRESS declared—
बाढम्_एवं_करोम्य्_अद्य-प्रभृत्य्_अवितथम् प्रभो ।
bADham_evaM_karomy_adya-prabhRty_avitatham prabho |
सत्यम्_एव न किंचिद्-द्_हि हिंसनीयम् मया अधुना ॥१५॥
satyam_eva na kim.cid-d_hi hiMsanIyam mayA adhunA ||15||
.
I
make this solemn pledge
:
from now on
henceforth without fail,
Lord,
I
will absolutely truly never kill
anything
at.all
!
The rAjA*King replied—
यद्य्_एवम् फुल्ल-पद्म=अक्षी पर-देह=एक-भोजने ।
yady_evam phulla-padma=akSI para-deha=eka-bhojane |
किम् स्याच्_छरीर-वृत्त्यै ते स्थिताया मत्-समीहिते ॥१६॥
kim syAc_charIra-vRttyai te sthitAyA mat-samIhite ||16||
.
lady with eyes like lotus-blooms that like to feast on people's flesh
if
this be so
then
tell me this
:
how will you get your living if you live according.with my wish
?
The OGRESS—
षड्भिर् मासैर् गिरौ राजन् प्रबुद्धाया: समाधित: ।
SaDbhir_mAsair_girau rAjan_prabuddhAyA: samAdhita: |
ज्ञाता भोजन-संकल्पाद् भोजनेच्छेयम् अद्य मे ॥१७॥
jJAtA bhojana-samkalpAd_bhojana-icchA_iyam_adya me ||17||
.
after six months on a mountain,
Your Majesty,
I arose from `samAdhi
as the Knower of the idea of eating
but
from now on the desire to eat is gone for me
.
~vlm.17. The Rakshasi replied:--It is now passed six months, O prince! that I have risen from my entranced meditation, and fostered my desire for food, which I wholly renounce today.
इदानीम् शिखरम् गत्वा तद् एव ध्यान-निश्चला । यावद् इच्छम् सुखेन आसे सजीवा शाल-भञ्जिका ॥१८॥
idAnIm zikharam gatvA tad eva dhyAna-nizcalA | yAvad iccham sukhena Ase sajIvA zAla-bhaJjikA ||18||
.
so
having gone to the mountain
let
That
alone
be my firm meditation,
wherein I am as happy as I wish to be,
like a living statue
.
आ.मृतीम् धरणाम् बद्ध्वा धारयामि शरीरकम् ।
A.mRtIm dharaNAm baddhvA dhArayAmi zarIrakam |
यथेच्छम् अथ कालेन त्यक्ष्यामीति मतिर् मम ॥१९॥
yathA.iccham_atha kAlena tyakSyAmi_iti matir_mama ||19||
.
*jd.19 - A.mRtIm dharaNAm baddhvA – Immortal Contemplation bound = dhArayAmi zarIrakam – I support an embodiment = yathA iccham atha kAlena – as desired then thru time = tyakSyAmi iti matir mama – I'll let it go. such is my mind.
~vlm.19. I will restrain myself by unshaken meditation until my death, and then I shall quit this body in its time with gladness. This is my resolution.
~sv.19 16-20 Now, please tell me: how shall I recompense you for your kindness and appease your hunger?"
*jd.19 - A.mRtIm dharaNAm baddhvA – Immortal Contemplation bound = dhArayAmi zarIrakam – I support an embodiment = yathA iccham atha kAlena – as desired then thru time = tyakSyAmi iti matir mama – I'll let it go. such is my mind.
आ.शरीर-परित्यागम्_इदानीम् न मया नृप । हिंसनीया: पर-प्राणास् तेन इदम् मद्-वच: शृणु ॥२०॥
A.zarIra-parityAgam_idAnIm na mayA nRpa | hiMsanIyA: para-prANAs_tena_idam mad-vaca: zRNu ||20||
.
until I leave the body,
from-now-on, forever,
not by me,
Lord of the Earth,
will any harm be caused
to any breathing creature
.
these are the words I have to say
.
~vlm. ... you may rely assured upon my word.
+
हिमवान्_नाम शैलो_ऽस्ति शरच्-चन्द्र.अंशु=निर्मल: ।
य_ उत्तर-आशा-हृदये स्पृष्ट-पूर्व-अ.पर-अर्णव: ॥२१॥
himavAn_nAma zailo_'sti zarac-candra.aMzu=nirmala: | ya_ uttara-AzA-hRdaye spRSTa-pUrva-a.para-arNava: ||21||
.
there is a mountain
:
Mount Snowy,
spotless as an autumn-moon.beam
.
its range is in the heart of the Northern Quarter
and reaches the oceans on each side
.
~vlm.21. There is the mount Himalaya by name, standing in the heart of the northern region, and stretching in one sweep, from the eastern to western main.
तत्राहम् निवसाम्य् अग्रे हेम-शृङ्ग-दरी-गृहे ।
आयसी मेघ-लेखा इव कर्कटी-नाम राक्षसी ॥२२॥
tatra_aham nivasAmy agre hema-zRGga-darI.gRhe | AyasI megha-lekhA_iva karkaTI-nAma rAkSasI ||22||
.
there
on top of Old Snowy
I
dwell
in a cave cloven out.of the gold.laden peak
.
I am
a metal streak,
and
as an Ogress
they call me Crabby karkaTI
.
तपसा_उपार्जितो ब्रह्मा जनता-मरण-इच्छया ।
tapasA_upArjito brahmA janatA-maraNa-icchayA |
विषुचिका प्राण-हरा स्याम् सूच्यात्मेति भो मया ॥२३॥
viSucikA prANa-harA syAm sUcyAtm_eti bho mayA ||23||
.
as a reward for my tapas.Austerities
given
by brahmA the Immense
so wishing for the death of people
I am
`vishUchikA
the life-destroyer
(as my `sUchI.Needle-self became for me)
.
~vlm.23. There I obtained the sight of Brahma by the austerityof my devotion; and expressed my desire of killing mankind, in the shape of a destructive needle.
तस्मात् संप्राप्त-वरया बहून् वर्ष-गणान् मया ।
tasmAt samprApta-varayA bahUn varSa-gaNAn mayA |
भुक्ता विषुचिकात्वेन जनता जीव-बाधनै: ॥२४॥
bhuktA viSucikAtvena janatA jIva-bAdhanai: ||24||
.
thus having gained my Boon
many cycles of seasons were enjoyed by my `vishuchikA.ness
afflicting many lives of the people
.
~vlm.24. I obtained the boon accordingly, and passed a great many years in the act of afflicting living brings, and feeding upon their entrails in the form of the cholic pain.
~sv.24 From the creator BrahmA I obtained a boon, as a result of which I became a needle (and also the cholera virus); as such I brought untold misery to people.
त्वया न गुणिने हिंस्या इति मे ब्रह्मणा तत: ।
नियम-अर्थम् महा-मन्त्रस्_तद्_आयत्ता अस्मि संस्थिता ॥२५॥
"tvayA na guNine hiMsyA_" iti me brahmaNA tata: | niyama-artham mahA-mantras_tad_AyattA_asmi samsthitA ||25||
"But the virtuous are not to be killed by you"
so *brahmA told me then,
and so the control of my Great Spell
I came to understand
.
~vlm.25. I was then prohibited by Brahma to kill the learned, and was instructed in the great mantra for my observance.
~sv.25 25-28 Brahma, however, also evolved a mantra by which alone I am brought under control.
सो_अयम् प्रगृह्यताम् तेन सर्वम् हृदय-शूलनम् ।
so_ayam pragRhyatAm tena sarvam hRdaya-zUlanam |
शमम् एष्यति लोके_अस्मात् का कथा मत्-कृते भ्रमे ॥२६॥
zamam eSyati loke_asmAt kA kathA mat-kRte bhrame ||26||
.
if
you employ
something that brings to peace
every
affliction of the heart,
what could remain that you would call
trouble
that has been made by me
?
~AS. That (mantra) should be taken up (sa: ayam pratigRhyatAm), by that.all pain in the heart will subside in this world, what to talk of stupor caused by me! -- In other words, the powerful mantra will cure everything, including my doings!
~vlm.26. He then gave me the power of piercing the hearts of men, with some other diseases which infest all mankind.
विततैवास्मि हिंसायाम् यत् पुरा हिंसितम् मया ।
जनस्य हृदयम् तेन नाड्यो वैधुर्यम् आगता: ॥२७॥
vitatA_eva_asmi himsAyAm yat purA himsitam mayA | janasya hRdayam tena nADyo_ vaidhuryam AgatA: ||27||
.
I
spread-about
doing my harm
and what has once been harmed by me,
the hearts of people,
thereby they get
constriction of the arteries
.
~vlm.27. I spread myself far and wide in my malice, and sucked the heart blood of men, which dried up their veins and arteries; and emaciated their bodies.
~VA. I was so spread out in my harming ways, harming people’s hearts and causing channels (arteries) troubles. ~AS. I have been involved with extensive harm; due to the damage caused by me to the hearts of the people in the past, their bodily channels (nADya: - can be blood vessels or any other channels in the body as seen elsewhere in this book) are without control.
हिंसित्वा रक्त-माम्सानि सम्त्यक्ता ये महाजना: ।
तेभ्यो_ विधुर-नाडीभ्यो_ ये जातास्_ते_ऽपि तादृशा: ॥२८॥
hiMsitvA rakta-mAmsAni samtyaktA ye mahAjanA: | tebhyo_ vidhura-nADIbhyo_ ye jAtAs_te_'pi tAdRzA: ||28||
himsitvA rakta-mAMsAni –
devouring red meat
which great people have forsaken
samtyaktA: ye mahAjanA: -
tebhya: - thru them =
vidhura-nADIbhya: -
ye jAtAs te_api tAdRzA: -
~vlm.28. Those whom I left alive after devouring their flesh and blood, they begat a race as lean and veinless as they had become themselves.
विध् #vidh -> #vidhu -> #vidhura- - bereaved (esp. of any loved person), solitary • (ifc.) separated from, wanting • suffering from want, miserable, helpless • depressed, dejected (vidhuram ind.) • adverse, unfavourable, hostile • m. a widower • n. calamity, distress. - *y1027.041
राजन् विषूचिका-मन्त्र: सो_अयम् संपन्न एव ते ।
rAjan viSUcikA-mantra: so_ayam sampanna eva te |
नहि सत्त्ववताम् अस्ति दुः.साध्यम् इह किंचन ॥२९॥
nahi sattvavatAm asti du:.sAdhyam iha kiMcana ||29||
.
O
rAjA
this.here *viShUchikA.mantra
once it is got by you
there is nothing in the world too hard for you to get here anyhow
.
rAjA,
once this viShUchikA spell has been received by you
there is nothing good whatever that is hard to attain
.
~vlm.p.29 "You will be successful, O happy king, in getting the mantra for driving away cholera pain, because there is nothing impossible that the wise and strong cannot attain.
अतो दुर्.नाडि-कोशेषु शूलानाम् परिशान्तये ।
ato dur.nADi-kozeSu zUlAnAm parizAntaye |
मन्त्रो यो ब्रह्मणा प्रोक्तो राजञ्_शीघ्रम् गृहाण तम् ॥३०॥
mantro yo brahmaNA prokto rAjaJ_zIghram gRhANa tam ||30||
.
so
take it,
Your Majesty,
this mantra which was uttered by brahmA
to relieve the pain of swollen arteries
.
Your Majesty,
take it for your own
!
vlm. ... for removal of the cholic pain, from the cells of arteries vitiated by visuchicu.
आगच्छ निकटम् नद्या गच्छामस् तत्र भूमिप ।
स्वाचान्ताभ्याम् संयताभ्याम् भवद्भ्याम् सुमता ददे ॥३१॥
Agaccha nikaTam nadyA gacchAmas tatra bhUmipa | svAcAntAbhyAm samyatAbhyAm bhavadbhyAm sumatA dade ||31||
.
come closer
.
let's go down there by the river,
EarthLord,
and we'll bathe together,
Your Graces,
and I'll gladly give it to you
.
~vlm.31. Now advance towards me, and let us go to the neighbouring river; and there initiate you with the mantra, after you both are prepared to receive it by your ablution and purification.
~AS. Come, let us go to the river, there, O King to you two honorable ones bhavadbhyAm) who have done the proper ablution (Acamana - thus su+AcAntAbhyAm) and are in proper pose (samyatAbhyAm) I will happily (sumatA) give (dade) - the mantra.
इति तस्याम् तदा रात्र्याम् राक्षसी-मन्त्रि-भूभृत: ।
iti tasyAm tadA rAtryAm rAkSasI-mantri-bhUbhRta: |
जग्मुस् ते सरितस्तिरम् मिथ: संजात-सौहृदा: ॥३२॥
jagmus te saritastiram mitha: samjAta-sauhRdA: ||32||
.
so
then
that very night
they came
—the Demoness, the Minister, His Majesty the Bearer of the Earth—
together
on a riverbank
like a meeting of old friends
.
अन्वय-व्यतिरेकेण राक्षस्या: सौहृदम् तदा ।
ज्ञात्वा स्थितौ तौ स्वाचान्ताव् उभाव् अन्तेनिवासिनौ ॥३३॥
anvaya-vyatirekeNa rAkSasyA: sauhRdam tadA | jJAtvA sthitau tau svAcAntAv ubhAv antenivAsinau ||33||
.
so then,
having considered the pros and cons of the Demoness's friendship,
the two remained nearby,
making their ablutions
.
~vlm.p.33 These two men, being sure of the rakshasi’s friendship by both affirmative and negative proofs, made their ablutions and stood on the river bank.
तया ब्रह्मअ-उपदिष्टो_ऽसौ ततस्_ताभ्याम् यथाक्रमम् ।
स्नेहाद्_विषूचिका-मन्त्र: प्रदत्तो जप-सिद्धद: ॥३४॥
tayA brahmA-upadiSTo_asau tatas_tAbhyAm yathAkramam | snehAd_viSUcikA-mantra: pradatto japa-siddhada: ||34||
.
and there it was she taught
this mantra
(taught by brahmA to her)
to them,
each in turn according.with-rank
.
lovingly
the vishUchikA-mantra was bestowed on them,
to be empowered by repetition
.
तत: सम्जात-सौहार्दौ तौ विसृज्य निशाचरी ।
tata: samjAta-sauhArdau tau visRjya nizAcarI |
यदा गन्तुम् प्रवृत्ता_असौ तदा राजा_अब्रवीद्_वच: ॥३५॥
yadA gantum pravRttA_asau tadA rAjA_abravId_vaca: ||35||
.
next thing,
that old NightRover tried to slip away from the two friends
.
but they stopped her
.
The King declared—
गुरुस् त्वम् नौ महादेहे वयस्या च सुनिर्वृता । निमन्त्रयावहे यत्नाद् ग्रसाय तव सुन्दरि ॥३६॥
gurus tvam nau mahAdehe vayasyA ca sunirvRtA | nimantrayAvahe yatnAd grasAya tava sundari ||36||
.
guru: tvam nau mahA-dehe – Bigbody, you're our guru =
vayasyA ca su-nirvRtA - x =
nimantrayAvahe yatnAt - x =
grasAya tava - x =
sundari – x.
~vlm. O you of gigantic stature! you have become our preceptor by your teaching us the mantra, we invite you with affection, to take your repast with us tonight.
~sv.36 The grateful KING said to karkaTI: "O kind lady, now you have become my guru and friend.
न चास्मत् प्रणयम् प्रीता वितथी-कर्तुम् अर्हसि ।
na ca_asmat praNayam prItA vitathI-kartum arhasi |
सौहार्दम् सुजनानाम् हि दर्शनाद् एव वर्धते ॥३७॥
sauhArdam sujanAnAm hi darzanAd eva vardhate ||37||
.
as for our friendship,
dear girl,
you
shouldn't ever let it go-to-waste
.
the friendship of good hearts grows with familiarity
.
~AS. You , who are pleased (prItA) should not make (na arhasi) our love for you (asmat-praNayam) go to waste (vitathIkartum).
लघु-सौभाग्य-संयुक्तम् कृत्वा आकारम् मनोरमम् ।
laghu-saubhAgya-samyuktam kRtvA AkAram manoramam |
आगच्छास्मद्-गृहम् भद्र तत्र तिष्ठ यथासुखम् ॥३८॥
AgacchAsmad-gRham bhadra tatra tiSTha yathAsukham ||38||
.
when you have made your somewhat undelightsome figure
more beautiful
come to our House, dear girl, and stay as long as you please
.
The OGRESS said—
मुग्ध-स्त्री-रूप-धारिण्ये दातुम् शक्तो_ऽसि भोजनम् ।
mugdha-strI-rUpa-dhAriNye dAtum zakto_'si bhojanam |
सम्तर्पयसि माम् केन राक्षस-आकार-धारिणीम् ॥३९॥
samtarpayasi mAm kena rAkSasa-AkAra-dhAriNIm ||39||
.
so
if I looked like one of your pleasure girls,
you could give me a proper feast
.
but
how can you satisfy me,
when I am in the body of a Demoness
?
~vlm. ... what entertainment can you give to my satisfaction? I am a cannibal by nature!
रक्षो_अन्नम्_एव संतुष्ट्यै न सामान्यजनाशनम् ।
पूर्व-सिद्ध-स्वभावो_अयम्_आदेहम् न निवर्तते ॥४०॥
rakSo_annam_eva samtuSTyai na sAmAnyajanAzanam | pUrva-siddha-svabhAvo_ayam_Adeham na nivartate ||40||
.
rakSas-annam eva samtuSTyai - x = na sAmAnya-jana-azanam - x = pUrva-siddha-svabhAvo_ayam - x = Adeham na nivartate – x.
~vlm.40. It is the food of a giant (Rakshasa) alone, that can yield me satisfaction, and not the little morsel of petty mortals; this is the innate nature of our being, and can not be done away with as long as we carry with us our present bodies.
~sv.40 39-47 You need not afflict good people at.all. But I shall feed you with sinners and thieves."
The King said—
हेम-स्रग्-दाम-वलिता दिनानि कतिचिद् गृहे । मम स्त्री-रूपिणी तिष्ठ यावद् इच्छम् अनिन्दिते ॥४१॥
hema-srag-dAma-valitA dinAni katicid gRhe | mama strI-rUpiNI tiSTha yAvad iccham anindite ||41||
.
adorned with golden garlands
for a little while
abide in my palace,
in your female form
as long as you wish, blameless lady
.
ततो दुष्कृतिनश् चौरान् वध्याञ् छत-सहस्रश: ।
tato duS.kRtinaz_caurAn_vadhyAJ_chata-sahasraza: |
मण्डलेभ्य: समानीय ददे तुभ्यम् सुभोजनम् ॥४२॥
maNDalebhya: samAnIya dade tubhyam su.bhojanam ||42||
.
there are thieves
waiting to be condemned for their evil-doing,
by the hundred thousand
.
I
will round them up
out.of my provinces.
they will make a special feast for you
!
कान्ता-रूपम् परित्यज्य गृहीत्वा राक्षसम् वपु: ।
kAntA-rUpam parityajya gRhItvA rAkSasam vapu: |
आदाय वध्याञ् छतश: पुरुषांस् तान् सु.संचितान् ॥४३॥
AdAya vadhyAJ chataza: puruSAMs tAn su.samcitAn ||43||
.
for them
you can forgo your lovelier form
&
take your Demoness body
:
you can eat
condemned men
by the hundred-in-a-bunch
!
नयस्व हिमवच्-छृङ्गम् तत्र भुङ्क्ष्व यथासुखम् ।
nayasva himavac-chRGgam tatra bhuGkSva yathAsukham |
महाशनानाम् एकान्ते भोजनम् हि सुखायते ॥४४॥
mahAzanAnAm ekAnte bhojanam hi sukhAyate ||44||
.
take them all to
some mountaintop somewhere
&
when you get there,
you can feast on them as you wish
:
when it comes to your kind of feasting,
it's more congenial to dine alone
.
*vlm. ... great men always like to take their meals in privacy.
तृप्ता निद्राम् मनाक्.कृत्वा भव भूय: समाधिभाक् ।
tRptA nidrAm manAk.kRtvA bhava bhUya: samAdhibhAk |
समाधि-विरता भूयो_अप्य् आगत्य पुनर् अन्यदा ॥४५॥
samAdhi-viratA bhUyo_apy Agatya punar anyadA ||45||
once you are full
and take a little rest
you can again enjoy samAdhi;
if not engaged in samAdhi
you can return to eat some more
.
नेष्यस्य् अन्यान् वध्य-जनात् हिंसा नैषाम् च धर्मत: ।
na_iSyasy anyAn vadhya-janAt hiMsA naiSAm ca dharmata: |
स्व.धर्मेण च हिंसैव महा-करुणाया समा ॥४६॥
sva.dharmeNa ca hiMsaiva mahA-karuNAyA samA ||46||
.
or if you don't want any more condemned people
tho killing them is lawful
since by your own dharma
killing them is a great mercy
...
~vlm. You can then take the other offenders for your slaughter; because the killing of culprits is not only justifiable by law, but it amounts to an act of mercy, to rid them (of their punishment in the next world).
*jd. let the reader never forget where he is
:
in the middle of a lampoon,
not an ethics lesson.
त्वम् समेष्यसि चावश्यम् माम् समाधि-विरागिणी ।
असताम् अपि संरुढम् सौहार्दम् न निवर्तते ॥४७॥
tvam sam.eSyasi ca_avazyam mAm samAdhi-virAgiNI | a.satAm api samrUDham sauhArdam na nivartate ||47||
.
if so yet you will certainly return to me
when you have no taste for samAdhi
when the unreal bursts.forth, sprouting
:
for friendship does not turn.away
.
~vlm.47. You must return to me when you are tired of your devotion; because the friendship which is formed even with the wicked, is not easily done away.
The OGRESS—
युक्तमुक्तम् त्वया राजन् करोम्य् एवम् अहम् सुखे ।
yuktamuktam tvayA rAjan_karomy_evam_aham sukhe |
सौहार्देन प्रवृत्तस्य को वाक्यम् नाभिनन्दति ॥४८॥
sauhArdena pravRttasya ko_ vAkyam na_abhinandati ||48||
.
well said by you, Your Majesty
!
I'll do just as you say, gladly
—
for who does not welcome a word of promise given by a friend
?
~vlm.48 The rakshasi replied, "You have spoken well, king, and I will do as you say. For who is there that will slight the words of the wise spoken to him in the way of friendship?"
इत्य् उक्त्वा राक्षसी तत्र संपन्ना सुविलासिनी ।
ity uktvA rAkSasI tatra sampannA suvilAsinI |
हार-केयुर-कटक-पट्ट-स्रग्दामधारिणी ॥४९॥
hAra-keyura-kaTaka-paTTa-sragdAma-dhAriNI ||49||
.
so having said
she dressed in an attractive way
with necklaces and bracelets and fine silken cloth and lace
.
राजन्-न् आगच्छ गच्छाम इत्य् उक्त्वा भूप-मन्त्रिणौ ।
अग्रे गन्तुम् प्रवृत्तौ तौ रात्राव् अनुससार सा ॥५०॥
"rAjan.n_Agaccha gacchAma" ity_uktvA bhUpa-mantriNau | agre gantum pravRttau tau rAtrAv_anusasAra sA ||50||
.
meanwhile the Minister declared,
"Come, let us go, Your Majestiy!"
&
the King and he set-forth
ahead
&
she
followed them, after, in the dark
.
~vlm.50. She said, "Well raja, let us go together" and then, followed the footsteps of the prince and his counsellor, who walked before her and led the way.
~AS. She said: "Come O King". The King and the Minister (bhUpamantriNau), having said "O.K., let's go (gacchAmaH)", started walking ahead (agre gantum pravRttau) and in the night (rAtrau) she followed them (sA anusasAra tau). * The words "rAjan AgacCha" use a singular address, and thus she invited just the King to come along (AgacCha).. The uktvA is the preceding action to gantum pravRttau. The grammar requires that the subject of the action represented by uktvA should be the same as that of gantum pravRttau - and this is clearly in dual, so the King and the minister are the joint subject in dual number. Hence the speech "gacChAmaH" (which invites all three to go, being plural) must be attributed to the King and the minister and not to karkaTI.
अथ ते पार्थिव-गृहम् प्राप्य ताम् रजनीम् मिथ: ।
atha te pArthiva-gRham prApya tAm rajanIm mitha: |
कथया एक-गृहे रम्ये क्षपयाम्.आसु: आदृता: ॥५१॥
kathayA eka-gRhe ramye kSapayAm.Asu: AdRtA: ||51||
.
and so they,
having reached the royal palace,
they spent the night in the company of a queen in talk
with all its proper pleasantries
.
~AS. The words are: kSapayA Sasu: (spent - or literally reduced the night to nothing) with great respect - or attention to each other (AdRtAH). This is a common way to use AdRtA: - thinking highly of each other!
*jd. in KG ed., both text and ABComm. have kSapayAm. One MW reading has "#kSip - to pass or while away (the time or night, कालम् , क्षपाम्) Katha-s.s.. lv , 154 ; xcI , 84.
प्रभाते अन्तःपुरे तस्थौ पुरन्ध्री-जन-लीलया ।
prabhAte anta:pure tasthau purandhrI-jana-lIlayA |
राक्षसी मन्त्र-राजानौ स्व-व्यापारौ बभूवतु: । ॥५२॥
rAkSasI mantra-rAjAnau sva-vyApArau babhUvatu: ||52||
.
dawn
came to the Inner City,
where she was playing.at Being.a.Lady
(altho a Demoness)
.
then
she, the Minister, and King,
pursued their private businesses
.
~vlm.52. As it became morning, the Rakshasi went inside the house, and there remained with the women; while the prince and the minister attended to their business.
~sv.52 49-52 She became a charming young woman and accompanied the king to live as his guest.
~AS. ... she played a woman in the house and they went about their routine business.
ततो दिवस-षट्केन संचितानि मही-भृता ।
tato divasa-SaTkena samcitAni mahI-bhRtA |
नृप: पर-पुरेभ्यो_अपि स्व-मण्डल-गणात् तथा ॥५३॥
nRpa: para-purebhyo_api sva-maNDala-gaNAt tathA ||53||
.
then,
in the following six days,
the EarthLord called a Gathering
—
from other cities
as-well-as
from Royal City
...
त्रीणि वध्यसहस्राणि तानि तस्यै तदा ददौ ।
trINi vadhyasahasrANi tAni tasyai tadA dadau |
सा बभूव निशा काले सैवोग्रा कृष्णराक्षसी ॥५४॥
sA babhUva nizA kAle sA_eva_ugrA kRSNa.rAkSasI ||54||
.
3,000
were condemned to death
and all of them he gave to her
and she became in that night time
a very ugly BlackDemoness
.
*jd. what a crime rate there must have been in this vicious monarchy!
तानि वध्यसहस्राणि जग्राह भुजमण्डले । धारानिकरजालानि मेघमालेव कोटरे ॥५५॥
tAni vadhya-sahasrANi jagrAha bhuja-maNDale | dhArAni-kara-jAlAni megha-mAlA_iva koTare ||55||
.
those doomed thousands
she grasped in her greedy arms
as a dark cloud embraces waterdrops
.
ययौ राजानमापृच्छ्य तदेव हिमवच्छिर: ।
yayau rAjAnam_ApRcchya tadeva himavac_chira: |
दरिद्रा लब्ध-हेमेव ग्रहेषूग्र-शरीरिणी ॥५६॥
daridrA labdha-hema_iva graheSu_ugra-zarIriNI ||56||
.
yayau rAjAnam_ApRcchya -
she took her leave of the King
.
then
on a snowy mountain-top
like a pauper hoarding gold,
by what was in the grasp of her Ogress.body
...
तत्र तृप्ता भृशम् भुक्त्वा सुखम् सुप्त्वा दिनत्रयम् ।
tatra tRptA bhRzam bhuktvA sukham suptvA dina.trayam |
आसीत्प्रबोधसुस्वस्था सा समाधिमति: पुन: ॥५७॥
AsIt_prabodha-su.svasthA sA samAdhimati: puna: ||57||
...
she was fully satisfied
and thete she took her rest for three full days
:
she became established in her awakening
and again entered sadmAdhi
.
*vlm. ... regaining the firmness of her understanding, she was employed in her devotion.
पञ्चभिर्वा चतुर्भिर्वा वर्षै: सा संप्रबुध्यत ।
paJcabhir_vA caturbhir_vA varSai: sA samprabudhyata |
तत्ततो मण्डलम् याति तेन राजसभाजने ॥५८॥
tat.tato maNDalam yAti tena rAja.sabhA-jane ||58||
.
and so
when five or six years passed
she awoke
.
at that time she went to the Palace
and she came before the Royal Assembly
.
तत्र विश्रम्भगर्भाभि: कथाभि: कंचिदेव सा ।
tatra vizrambha-garbhAbhi: kathAbhi: kam.cid_eva sA |
स्थित्वा कालम् गृहीत्वा तान्वध्यान्स्वास्पन्दमेत्यथ ॥५९॥
sthitvA kAlam gRhItvA tAn_vadhyAn_svAspadam_ety_atha ||59||
.
there for a while she spent her time in "confidential talks" and gossip
—
but now it's time again for her to grasp
the doomed
and fix them properly
.
जीवन्मुक्ततयैवमेव विपिने साद्यापि रक्षोङ्गना
jIvan.muktatayA_evam_eva vipine sA_adya_api rakSo_'GganA
तस्मिन्नेव गिरौ स्थिता विचलितध्यानैकतानाशया ।
tasmin_na_iva girau sthitA vicalita-dhyAna-ekatAna-AzayA |
तस्मिन्राजनि शान्तिमागतवति त्यक्तैषणेनात्मना
tasmin_rAjani zAntim_Agatavati tyakta-eSaNena_AtmanA
तद् राष्ट्राधिपसौहृदै: स्वकवलानास्वादयन्ती चिरं ॥६०॥
tad_rASTra.adhipa-sauhRdai: svaka-valAn_AsvAdayantI ciram ||60||
.
in Living.Freedom now again that Demon Lady =
no longer as she had been on her mountain
in a thoughtless one-pointed state
when that rAjA came to peace
having forsaken his own desires
she
with her friends in government
dwelt in peasure for a very long time
.
~vlm.60. Thus freed from cares even in her lifetime, she continued to remain as a liberated being in that mountain &c. &c.
~sv.60 58-60 After her meal she would often go into samAdhi for a few years at a time, before returning to normal consciousness and normal life.
oॐm
A Note on WORD FORMATION:
The prefixes are an early problem for the English-speaking student. One way to get a sense of their meaning is to see their application to a particular root.
Capeller's Dictionary
http://www.sanskrit-lexicon.uni-koeln.de/scans/MWScan/tamil/index.html
provides this kind of expansion for many roots. For example, Cap. gives these possibilities for >#tap:
{ati} make warm or hot, trouble, distress.
{anu} heat, pain; P. suffer pain, repent, long for (acc.). {pratyanu} & {samanu} P. repent.
{abhi} make hot, shine upon, pain, ache; P. suffer pain.
{A} glow, shine, heat; P. suffer pain, w.
{abhyA} heat, pain, torment.
{ud} heat, pain, torment.
{upa} make hot, vex, hurt; also = P. suffer, pain, get unwell (A. also impers. w. gen. or acc. of pers.).
{nis} ({niS}) heat, singe.
{pari} burn all round, set on fire, kindle; also = P. feel pain, suffer, do penance
{pra} A. give out heat, burn, shine (l. & f.); shine upon, warm, heat, singe, roast, pain, torment; also = P. feel pain, suffer, castigate one's self. C. heat, warm, illumine, kindle; pain, distress.
{prati} give out heat towards, make hot or warm.
{vi} give out strong heat, burn; pervade, penetrate.
{sam} heat, burn, pain, torment (also C.); suffer pain, repent. P. be distressed, grieve, do penance. {abhisam} vex, distress.
Oॐm
Jiva Das
FM.3.50-FM.3.99
https://www.dropbox.com/s/vu9chd079ro6pck/fm3050%201.jl01-02%20FALL%20OF%20A%20KING%20.z50.docx?dl=0
FM3082 KARKATI GOES TO COURT 1AG26-28 z.60
FM.3.82 KARKATI GOES TO COURT 1AG26-28
सर्ग ३.८२
वसिष्ठ उवाच ।
vasiSTha* uvAca |
इति राज.मुखाच्*छ्रूत्वा कर्कटी वन.मर्कटी ।
iti rAja.mukhAt_zrUtvA karkaTI vana.markaTI |
अवबुद्ध.पदान्तम् स्वम् जहौ मत्सर.चापलम् ॥३।८२।१॥
avabuddha.padAntam svam jahau matsara.cApalam ||3|82|1||
अन्तHशीतल.ताम् एत्य विश्रान्तिम् अप.तापताम् ।
anta:zItala.tAm etya vizrAntim apa.tApatAm |
प्राप्ता प्रावृण्.मयूरी_इव स.ज्योत्स्नेन कुमुद्वती ॥३।८२।२॥
prAptA prAvRT.mayUrI_iva sa.jyotsnena kumudvatI ||3|82|2||
तथा राज.गिरा तस्या आनन्द उदभूद् भृशम् ।
tathA rAja.girA tasyA: Ananda* udabhUt_bhRzam |
गर्भे ऽन्तH खे बलाकाया रवेण_इव पयो मुचः ॥३।८२।३॥
garbhe_anta: khe balAkAyA: raveNa_iva vaya:_muca: ||3|82|3||
अहो बत पवित्रा_इयम् भवतोर् भाति शेमुषी ।
aho bata pavitrA_iyam bhavato:_bhAti zemuSI |
अनस्तमित.सारेण प्रबोध.अर्केण भासिता ॥३।८२।४॥
an.astamita.sAreNa prabodha.arkeNa bhAsitA ||3|82|4||
शीता समरसा शुद्धा ज्योत्स्ना_इव शशि.मण्डलात् ।
zItA samarasA zuddhA jyotsnA_iva zazi.maNDalAt |
विवेक.कणिकाम् श्रुत्वा भवतो हृदयाद् इयम् ॥३।८२।५॥
viveka.kaNikAm zrutvA bhavata:_hRdayAt_iyam ||3|82|5||
विवेकिनः_जगत्.पूज्या: सेव्या मन्ये भव.आदृशाH ।
vivekina: jagat.pUjyA: sevyA: manye bhava.AdRzA: |
सत्सङ्गात् स.विकासा_अस्मि चन्द्रेण_इव कुमुद्वती ॥३।८२।६॥
satsaGgAt sa.vikAsA_asmi candreNa_iva kumudvatI ||3|82|6||
सौरभम् कुसुमासङ्गाद् एव सत्सङ्गमाc chuभम् ।
saurabham kusumAsaGgAt_eva satsaGgamAt_zubham |
वर्तते ह्य् अर्क.सम्पर्काद् विकासो ऽम्बु.रुहाम् इव ॥३।८२।७॥
vartate hi_arka.samparkAt_vikAsa:_ambu.ruhAm iva ||3|82|7||
महताम् एव सम्पर्कात् पुनर् दुःखम् न बाधते ।
mahatAm eva samparkAt puna:_du:kham na bAdhate |
को हि दीप.शिखा.हस्त=तमसा परिभूयते ॥३।८२।८॥
ka:_hi dIpa.zikhA.hasta=tamasA paribhUyate ||3|82|8||
मया_इमौ जङ्गल.प्राप्तौ भवन्तौ भूमि.भास्करौ ।
mayA_imau jaGgala.prAptau bhavantau bhUmi.bhAskarau |
पूजनी याव् अतः शीघ्रम् ईहितम् कथ्यताम् शुभम् ॥३।८२।९॥
pUjanIyau_ata: zIghram Ihitam kathyatAm zubham ||3|82|9||
राजा_उवाच ।
rAjA_uvAca |
अस्मिञ् जनपदे रक्ष:कुल=कानन.मञ्जरि ।
asmin_janapade rakSa:kula=kAnana.maJjari |
जनस्य बाधते ऽत्यन्तम् सदा हृदय.शूलनम् ॥३।८२।१०॥
janasya bAdhate_atyantam sadA hRdaya.zUlanam ||3|82|10||
यतः सर्वा_एव जनता तप्ता दृढ.विषूचिका ।
yata: sarvA_eva janatA taptA dRDha.viSUcikA |
मण्डले ननु तेन_अहम् निर्गतो रात्रि.चर्यया ॥३।८२।११॥
maNDale nanu tena_aham nirgata:_rAtri.caryayA ||3|82|11||
शूल.आदि हृदये नृणाम् न शाम्यति यद् औषधैH ।
zUla.Adi hRdaye nRNAm na zAmyati yat_auSadhai: |
ततो ऽहम् त्वद्.विध.प्रोक्त.मन्त्र.अर्थेन विनिर्गतः ॥३।८२।१२॥
tata:_aham tvat.vidha.prokta.mantra.arthena vi.nirgata: ||3|82|12||
त्वादृशस्य च लोकस्य मुग्ध.लोक.अभिघातिनः ।
tvAdRzasya ca lokasya mugdha.loka.abhighAtina: |
निग्रह.अर्थम् प्रवृत्त्तिर् मे सा च सम्पत्तिम् एत्य् अलम् ॥३।८२।१३॥
nigraha.artham pravRtti:_me sA ca sampattim eti_alam ||3|82|13||
एतावद् एव च शुभे त्वया_अङ्गी.क्रियताम् वचः ।
etAvat_eva ca zubhe tvayA_aGgI.kriyatAm vaca: |
भूयो भवत्या प्राणा हि हिंसनीया न कस्यचित् ॥३।८२।१४॥
bhUya:_bhavatyA prANA: hi hiMsanIyA: na kasyacit ||3|82|14||
राक्षस्य् उवाच ।
rAkSasI_uvAca |
बाढम् एवम् करोम्य् अद्य.प्रभृत्य्.अ.वितथम् प्रभो ।
bADham evam karomi_adya.prabhRti.a.vitatham prabho |
सत्यम् एव न किम्चिद्*धि हिंसनीयम् मया_अधुना ॥३।८२।१५॥
satyam eva na kim.cit*hi hiMsanIyam mayA_adhunA ||3|82|15||
राजा_उवाच ।
rAjA_uvAca |
यद्य्_एवम् फुल्ल.पद्म=अक्षी पर.देह=एक.भोजने ।
yadi_evam phulla.padma=akSI para.deha=eka.bhojane |
किम् स्याच्*छरीर.वृत्त्यै ते स्थिताया मत्.समीहिते ॥३।८२।१६॥
kim syAt*zarIra.vRttyai te sthitAyA mat.samIhite ||3|82|16||
राक्षस्य् उवाच ।
rAkSasI_uvAca |
षड्भिर् मासैर् गिरौ राजन् प्रबुद्धायाH समाधितः ।
SaDbhi:_mAsai:_girau, rAjan,_prabuddhAyA: samAdhita: |
ज्ञाता भोजन.सम्कल्पाद् भोजन.इच्छा_इयम् अद्य मे ॥३।८२।१७॥
jJAtA bhojana.samkalpAt_bhojana.icchA_iyam adya me ||3|82|17||
इदानीम् शिखरम् गत्वा तदेव ध्यान.निश्चला ।
idAnIm zikharam gatvA tat_eva dhyAna.nizcalA |
यावद् इच्छम् सुखेन आसे स.जीवा शाल.भञ्जिका ॥३।८२।१८॥
yAvat_iccham sukhena_Ase sa.jIvA zAla.bhaJjikA ||3|82|18||
आ.मृतीम् धरणाम् बद्ध्वा धारयामि शरीरकम् ।
A.mRtIm dharaNAm baddhvA dhArayAmi zarIrakam |
यथा.इच्छम् अथ कालेन त्यक्ष्यामि_इति मत्तिर् मम ॥३।८२।१९॥
yathA.iccham atha kAlena tyakSyAmi_iti mati:_mama ||3|82|19||
आ.शरीर=परित्यागम् इदानीम् न मया नृप ।
A.zarIra.parityAgam idAnIm na mayA nRpa |
हिंसनीयाH पर.प्राणास् तेन_इदम् मद्.वचः शृणु ॥३।८२।२०॥
hiMsanIyA: para.prANA:_tena_idam mat.vaca: zRNu ||3|82|20||
हिमवान् नाम शैलो ऽस्ति शरच्.चन्द्र.अंशु=निर्मलH ।
himavAn_nAma zaila:_asti zarat.candra.aMzu=nirmala: |
य उत्तर.आशा.हृदये स्पृष्ट.पूर्व.अपर.अर्णवH ॥३।८२।२१॥
ya* uttara.AzA.hRdaye spRSTa.pUrva.apara.arNava: ||3|82|21||
तत्र_अहम् निवसाम्य् अग्रे हेम.शृङ्ग.दरी.गृहे ।
tatra_aham nivasAmi_agre hema.zRGga.darI.gRhe |
आयसी मेघ.लेखा_इव कर्कटी.नाम राक्षसी ॥३।८२।२२॥
AyasI megha.lekhA_iva karkaTI.nAma rAkSasI ||3|82|22||
तपसा_उपार्जितो ब्रह्मा जनता.मरण.इच्छया ।
tapasA_upArjita:_brahmA janatA.maraNa.icchayA |
विषुचिका प्राण.हरा स्याम् सूच्यात्म् एति भो मया ॥३।८२।२३॥
viSucikA prANa.harA syAm sUcyAtm eti bho mayA ||3|82|23||
तस्मात् सम्प्राप्त.वरया बहून् वर्ष.गणान् मया ।
tasmAt samprApta.varayA bahUn varSa.gaNAn mayA |
भुक्ता विषुचिकात्वेन जनता जीव.बाधनैH ॥३।८२।२४॥
bhuktA viSucikAtvena janatA jIva.bAdhanai: ||3|82|24||
"त्वया न गुणिने हिंस्या*" इति मे ब्रह्मणा ततः ।
"tvayA na guNine hiMsyA:" iti me brahmaNA tata: |
नियम.अर्थम् महामन्त्रः_तद् आयत्ता_अस्मि संस्थिता ॥३।८२।२५॥
niyama.artham mahA.mantra:_tat_AyattA_asmi saMsthitA ||3|82|25||
सो ऽयम् प्रगृह्यताम् तेन सर्वम् हृदय.शूलनम् ।
sa:_ayam pragRhyatAm tena sarvam hRdaya.zUlanam |
शमम् एष्यति लोके ऽस्मात् का कथा मत्.कृते भ्रमे ॥३।८२।२६॥
zamam eSyati loke_asmAt kA kathA mat.kRte bhrame ||3|82|26||
वितता_एव_अस्मि हिम्सायाम् यत् पुरा हिम्सितम् मया ।
vitatA_eva_asmi himsAyAm yat purA himsitam mayA |
जनस्य हृदयम् तेन नाड्यो वैधुर्यम् आगताH ॥३।८२।२७॥
janasya hRdayam tena nADya:_vaidhuryam AgatA: ||3|82|27||
हिंसित्वा रक्त.माम्सानि संत्यक्ता ये महाजनाः ।
hiMsitvA rakta.mAmsAni saMtyaktA* ye mahAjanA: |
तेभ्यो विधुर.नाडीभ्यो ये जातास् ते ऽपि तादृशाः ॥३।८२।२८॥
tebhya:_vidhura.nADIbhya:_ye jAtA:_te_api tAdRzA: ||3|82|28||
राजन्, विषूचिका.मन्त्रः सो ऽयम् सम्पन्न एव ते ।
rAjan, viSUcikA.mantra: sa:_ayam sampanna* eva te |
नहि सत्त्ववताम् अस्ति दुHसाध्यम् इह किम्चन ॥३।८२।२९॥
nahi sattvavatAm asti du:.sAdhyam iha kimcana ||3|82|29||
अतो दुर्नाडि.कोशेषु शूलानाम् परिशान्तये ।
ata:_dur.nADi.kozeSu zUlAnAm parizAntaye |
मन्त्रो यो ब्रह्मणा प्रोक्तो राजन् शीघ्रम् गृहाण तम् ॥३।८२।३०॥
mantra:_ya:_brahmaNA prokto,_rAjan,_zIghram gRhANa tam ||3|82|30||
वसिष्ठ उवाच ।
vasiSTha* uvAca |
आगच्छ निकटम् नद्या गच्छामस् तत्र भूमिप ।
Agaccha nikaTam nadyA gacchAma:_tatra bhUmipa |
स्वाचान्ताभ्याम् संयताभ्याम् भवद्भ्याम् सुमता ददे ॥३।८२।३१॥
svAcAntAbhyAm saMyatAbhyAm bhavadbhyAm sumatA dade ||3|82|31||
इति तस्याम् तदा रात्र्याम् राक्षसी.मन्त्रि.भूभृतः ।
iti tasyAm tadA rAtryAm rAkSasI.mantri.bhUbhRta: |
जग्मुस् ते सरितस् तिरम् मिथH सम्जात.सौहृदाH ॥३।८२।३२॥
jagmu:_te sarita:_tiram mitha: samjAta.sauhRdA: ||3|82|32||
अन्वय.व्यतिरेकेण राक्षस्याH सौहृदम् तदा ।
anvaya.vyatirekeNa rAkSasyA: sauhRdam tadA |
ज्ञात्वा स्थितौ तौ स्वाचान्ताव् उभाव् अन्ते_निवासिनौ ॥३।८२।३३॥
jJAtvA sthitau tau svAcAntau_ubhau_ante_nivAsinau ||3|82|33||
तया ब्रह्मा.उपदिष्टो ऽसौ ततस् ताभ्याम् यथाक्रमम् ।
tayA brahmA.upadiSTa:_asau tata:_tAbhyAm yathAkramam |
स्नेहाद् विषूचिका.मन्त्रः प्रदत्तो जप.सिद्धदH ॥३।८२।३४॥
snehAt_viSUcikA.mantra: pradatta:_japa.siddhada: ||3|82|34||
ततः सम्जात.सौहार्दौ तौ विसृज्य निशाचरी ।
tata: samjAta.sauhArdau tau visRjya nizAcarI |
यदा गन्तुम् प्रवृत्ता_असौ तदा राजा_अब्रवीद् वचः ॥३।८२।३५॥
yadA gantum pravRttA_asau tadA rAjA_abravIt_vaca: ||3|82|35||
राजा_उवाच ।
rAjA_uvAca |
गुरुस् त्वम् नौ महादेहे वयस्या च सुनिर्वृता ।
guru:_tvam nau mahAdehe vayasyA ca sunirvRtA |
निमन्त्रय_आवहे यत्नाद् ग्रसाय तव सुन्दरि ॥३।८२।३६॥
nimantraya_Avahe yatnAt_grasAya tava sundari ||3|82|36||
न च_अस्मत् प्रणयम् प्रीता वितथी.कर्तुम् अर्हसि ।
na ca_asmat praNayam prItA vitathI.kartum arhasi |
सौहार्दम् सुजनानाम् हि दर्शनाद् एव वर्धते ॥३।८२।३७॥
sauhArdam sujanAnAm hi darzanAt_eva vardhate ||3|82|37||
लघु.सौभाग्य.संयुक्तम् कृत्वा_आकारम् मनोरमम् ।
laghu.saubhAgya.saMyuktam kRtvA_AkAram manoramam |
आगच्छ_अस्मद्.गृहम्, भद्र, तत्र तिष्ठ यथासुखम् ॥३।८२।३८॥
Agaccha_asmat.gRham, bhadra, tatra tiSTha yathAsukham ||3|82|38||
राक्षस्य् उवाच ।
rAkSasI_uvAca |
मुग्ध.स्त्री.रूप.धारिण्ये दातुम् शक्तH_असि भोजनम् ।
संतर्पयसि माम् केन राक्षस.आकार.धारिणीम् ॥३।८२।३९॥
mugdha.strI.rUpa.dhAriNye dAtum zakta:_asi bhojanam |
saMtarpayasi mAm kena rAkSasa.AkAra.dhAriNIm ||3|82|39||
रक्षो ऽन्नम् एव संतुष्ट्यै न सामान्य.जन.आशनम् ।
rakSa:_annam eva saMtuSTyai na sAmAnya.jana.Azanam |
पूर्व.सिद्ध.स्वभावो ऽयम् आ.देहम् न निवर्तते ॥३।८२।४०॥
pUrva.siddha.svabhAva:_ayam A.deham na nivartate ||3|82|40||
राजा_उवाच ।
rAjA_uvAca |
हेम.स्रग्.दाम.वलिता दिनानि कतिचिद् गृहे ।
hema.srak.dAma.valitA dinAni katicit_gRhe |
मम स्त्री.रूपिणी तिष्ठ यावद् इच्छम् अ.निन्दिते ॥३।८२।४१॥
mama strI.rUpiNI tiSTha yAvat_iccham a.nindite ||3|82|41||
ततो दुष्कृतिनश् चौरान् वध्याञ्*छत.सहस्रशH ।
tata:_duS.kRtina:_caurAn vadhyAn*zata.sahasraza: |
मण्डलेभ्यH समानीय ददे तुभ्यम् सु.भोजनम् ॥३।८२।४२॥
maNDalebhya: samAnIya dade tubhyam su.bhojanam ||3|82|42||
कान्ता.रूपम् परित्यज्य गृहीत्वा राक्षसम् वपुH ।
kAntA.rUpam parityajya gRhItvA rAkSasam vapu: |
आदाय वध्याञ्*छतशH पुरुषांस् तान् सुसंचितान् ॥३।८२।४३॥
AdAya vadhyAn*zataza: puruSAn*tAn su.saMcitAn ||3|82|43||
नयस्व हिमवच्*छृङ्गम् तत्र भुङ्क्ष्व यथासुखम् ।
nayasva himavat*zRGgam tatra bhuGkSva yathAsukham |
महाशनानाम् एकान्ते भोजनम् हि सुखायते ॥३।८२।४४॥
mahAzanAnAm ekAnte bhojanam hi sukhAyate ||3|82|44||
तृप्ता निद्राम् मनाक्.कृत्वा भव भूयH समाधि.भाक् ।
tRptA nidrAm manAk.kRtvA bhava bhUya: samAdhi.bhAk |
समाधि.विरता भूयो ऽप्य्_आगत्य पुनर् अन्यदा ॥३।८२।४५॥
samAdhi.viratA bhUya:_api_Agatya punar anyadA ||3|82|45||
न_इष्यस्य् अन्यान् वध्य.जनाद् हिंसा न_एषाम् च धर्मतः ।
na_iSyasi_anyAn vadhya.janAt hiMsA* na_eSAm ca dharmata: |
स्व.धर्मेण च हिंसा_एव महा.करुणाया समा ॥३।८२।४६॥
sva.dharmeNa ca hiMsA_eva mahA.karuNAyA samA ||3|82|46||
त्वम् सम्.एष्यसि च_अवश्यम् माम् समाधि.विरागिणी ।
tvam sam.eSyasi ca_avazyam mAm samAdhi.vi.rAgiNI |
असताम् अपि संरूढम् सौहार्दम् न निवर्तते ॥३।८२।४७॥
a.satAm api saMrUDham sauhArdam na nivartate ||3|82|47||
राक्षस्य् उवाच ।
rAkSasI_uvAca |
युक्तमुक्तम् त्वया राजन् करोम्य् एवम् अहम् सुखे ।
yuktamuktam tvayA rAjan karomi_evam aham sukhe |
सौहार्देन प्रवृत्तस्य को वाक्यम् न_अभिनन्दति ॥३।८२।४८॥
sauhArdena pravRttasya ka:_vAkyam na_abhinandati ||3|82|48||
वसिष्ठ उवाच ।
vasiSTha* uvAca |
इत्य् उक्त्वा राक्षसी तत्र सम्पन्ना सु.विलासिनी ।
iti_uktvA rAkSasI tatra sampannA su.vilAsinI |
हार.केयुर.कटक.पट्ट.स्रग्दाम.धारिणी ॥३।८२।४९॥
hAra.keyura.kaTaka.paTTa.sragdAma.dhAriNI ||3|82|49||
"राजन्न् आगच्छ गच्छाम" इत्य् उक्त्वा भूप.मन्त्रिणौ ।
"rAjan_Agaccha gacchAma:" iti_uktvA bhUpa.mantriNau |
अग्रे गन्तुम् प्रवृत्तौ तौ रात्राव् अनुससार सा ॥३।८२।५०॥
agre gantum pravRttau tau rAtrau_anu.sasAra sA ||3|82|50||
अथ ते पार्थिव.गृहम् प्राप्य ताम् रजनीम् मिथH ।
atha te pArthiva.gRham prApya tAm rajanIm mitha: |
कथया_एक.गृहे रम्ये क्षपयाम्.आसुर् आदृताH ॥३।८२।५१॥
kathayA_eka.gRhe ramye kSapayAm.Asu:_AdRtA: ||3|82|51||
प्रभाते ऽन्तःपुरे तस्थौ पुरन्ध्री.जन.लीलया ।
prabhAte_anta:pure tasthau purandhrI.jana.lIlayA |
राक्षसी मन्त्र.राजानौ स्व.व्यापारौ बभूवतुH ॥३।८२।५२॥
rAkSasI mantra.rAjAnau sva.vyApArau babhUvatu: ||3|82|52||
ततो दिवस.षट्केन संचितानि मही.भृता ।
tata:_divasa.SaTkena saMcitAni mahI.bhRtA |
नृप: पर.पुरेभ्यो 'पि स्व.मण्डल.गणात् तथा ॥३।८२।५३॥
nRpa: para.purebhya:_api sva.maNDala.gaNAt tathA ||3|82|53||
त्रीणि वध्य.सहस्राणि तानि तस्यै तदा ददौ ।
trINi vadhya.sahasrANi tAni tasyai tadA dadau |
सा बभूव निशा काले सा_एव_उग्रा कृष्ण.राक्षसी ॥३।८२।५४॥
sA babhUva nizA kAle sA_eva_ugrA kRSNa.rAkSasI ||3|82|54||
तानि वध्य.सहस्राणि जग्राह भुज.मण्डले ।
tAni vadhya.sahasrANi jagrAha bhuja.maNDale |
धारानि.कर.जालानि मेघ.माला_इव कोटरे ॥३।८२।५५॥
dhArAni.kara.jAlAni megha.mAlA_iva koTare ||3|82|55||
ययौ राजानम् आपृच्छ्य तदेव हिमव च्* छिरः ।
yayau rAjAnam ApRcchya tadeva himavat_zira: |
दरिद्रा लब्ध.हेम_इव ग्रहेष्व्_उग्र.शरीरिणी ॥३।८२।५६॥
daridrA labdha.hema_iva graheSu_ugra.zarIriNI ||3|82|56||
तत्र तृप्ता भृशम् भुक्त्वा सुखम् सुप्त्वा दिन.त्रयम् ।
tatra tRptA bhRzam bhuktvA sukham suptvA dina.trayam |
आसीत् प्रबोध.सु.स्वस्था सा समाधि.मति: पुनः ॥३।८२।५७॥
AsIt prabodha.su.svasthA sA samAdhi.mati: puna: ||3|82|57||
पञ्चभिर् वा चतुर्भिर् र्भिH_वा वर्षैH सा सम्प्रबुध्यत ।
paJcabhi:_vA caturbhi:_vA varSai: sA sam.prabudhyata |
तत् ततो मण्डलम् याति तेन राज.सभा.जने ॥३।८२।५८॥
tat_tata:_maNDalam yAti tena rAja.sabhA.jane ||3|82|58||
तत्र विश्रम्भ.गर्भाभिH कथाभिH कम्चिd एव सा ।
tatra vizrambha.garbhAbhi: kathAbhi: kam.cit_eva sA |
स्थित्वा कालम् गृहीत्वा तान् वध्यान् स्वास्पदम् एत्य् अथ ॥३।८२।५९॥
sthitvA kAlam gRhItvA tAn vadhyAn svAspadam eti_atha ||3|82|59||
जीवन्.मुक्ततया_एवम् एव विपिने सा_अद्य_अपि रक्षो ऽङ्गना
jIvan.muktatayA_evam eva vipine sA_adya_api rakSa:_aGganA
तस्मिन् न_इव गिरौ स्थिता विचलित.ध्यान.एकतान.आशया ।
tasmin na_iva girau sthitA vicalita.dhyAna.ekatAna.AzayA |
तस्मिन् राजनि शान्तिम् आगतवति त्यक्त.एषणेन आत्मना
tasmin rAjani zAntim Agatavati tyakta.eSaNena_AtmanA
तद् राष्ट्र.अधिप.सौहृदै: स्वक.वलान् आस्वादयन्ती चिरम् ॥३।८२।६०॥
tat_rASTra.adhipa.sauhRdai: svaka.valAn AsvAdayantI ciram ||3|82|60||
॥
.
oॐm
.
KARKATÎ
GOES TO COURT
VASISHTHA said—
इति राज.मुखाच्*छ्रूत्वा कर्कटी वन.मर्कटी ।
iti rAja.mukhAt_zrUtvA karkaTI vana.markaTI |
अवबुद्ध.पदान्तम् स्वम् जहौ मत्सर.चापलम् ॥३।८२।१॥
avabuddha.padAntam svam jahau matsara.cApalam ||3|82|1||
.
so
the craven crowish karkaTI
heard
these words
from the King's own mouth
and thought.about them on her way to end her greedy selfishness
.
iti.so rAja.King.mukha.face/mouth.At* zrUtvA.hvg.heard Karkatii vana.forest/woods.markaTa.monkey/ape.I avabuddha.learnt (as skilfulness) padAnta.x.m sva.Ur.own.m
jahau.xx>han.
matsara.greedy\angry.cApala.agitation\mobility.m
.
*vlm.p.1. The silly Karkati of the forest, having heard the king’s speech, pondered well the sense of the words and forsook her levity and malice.
karkaTI_. pondered well in herself the sense of the words, and forsook her levity and malice.
sv._. became tranquil, and her demoniacal nature left her.
#padAnta final letter or word +
अन्तHशीतल.ताम् एत्य विश्रान्तिम् अप.तापताम् ।
anta:zItala.tAm etya vizrAntim apa.tApatAm |
प्राप्ता प्रावृण्.मयूरी_इव स.ज्योत्स्नेन कुमुद्वती ॥३।८२।२॥
prAptA prAvRT.mayUrI_iva sa.jyotsnena kumudvatI ||3|82|2||
.
she had come to inner coolness
—Repose, the Heating.down—
like a thirsty peahen welcoming the Rains
or a pondful of lotuses touched by moonbeans
.
anta.:zItala..tA.m etya. vizrAnti.m apatApa..tA.m prApta.A prAvRT.mayUra.I iva.
sa=.jyotsna.ena kumud.vatI
.
*vlm.p.2 She found the coolness and tranquility of her heart after its fervor was over, just like a peacock when the rains set in, or a lotus bed at the rising of moonbeams.
तथा राज.गिरा तस्या आनन्द उदभूद् भृशम् ।
tathA rAja.girA tasyA: Ananda* udabhUt_bhRzam |
गर्भे ऽन्तH खे बलाकाया रवेण_इव पयो मुचः ॥३।८२।३॥
garbhe_anta: khe balAkAyA: raveNa_iva vaya:_muca: ||3|82|3||
.
she was like a fledgling crane
in the sky
crying the freedom of a bird
.
so
it was
when the Royal Word brought her an abundant bellyful of Joy
.
tathA. rAja.gir.A tasyA:. Ananda.* udabhUt. bhRza.m garbha.e_anta.: kha.e balAka.AyA: rava.eNa iva. paya:.muca:
.
*vlm.p.3 The king’s words delighted her heart like the cries of cranes flying in the sky gladden the passing clouds in the air.
THE DEMONESS exclaimed—
अहो बत पवित्रा_इयम् भवतोर् भाति शेमुषी ।
aho bata pavitrA_iyam bhavato:_bhAti zemuSI |
अनस्तमित.सारेण प्रबोध.अर्केण भासिता ॥३।८२।४॥
an.astamita.sAreNa prabodha.arkeNa bhAsitA ||3|82|4||
.
o
O
how
purifying it is
!
from Your Graces
there shines understanding of the unsetting Essence
uttered
by the Sun of Realization
.
aho.O/Ah. bata.Ah, yes pavitra.cleansing.purifying – iyam.f. this.here.
bhavat.Your.Presence.Your.Grace.o: bhAti.shines/appears. zemuSa.x.I an..without/non.astamita.(sun)set/ceased. sAra.x.eNa .
prabodha.x.arka.x.eNa bhAsita.x.A
.
*vlm.p.4 The rakshasi said, "O how brightly shines the pure light of your understanding. It glows as serenely by its inner brilliance as it is illuminated by the sun of intelligence.
.
#aho ind. a particle (implying joyful or painful surprise) Ah! (of enjoyment or satisfaction) Oh! (of fatigue, discontent, compassion, sorrow, regret) Alas! Ah! (of praise) Bravo! (of reproach) Fie! (of calling) Ho! Halo! (of contempt) Pshaw! Often combined with other particles of similar signification, as aho.dhik. or dhig.aho., aho.bata • aho.O/Ah. +
#bata interj. of astonishment or regret (also batAre, aho bata, & ayi bata) • bata.Ah, yes +
#pU #pava #pavitra n. instrument for cleansing, esp. filter, strainer, etc.; i.g. anything cleansing or purifying • .adj.. purifying, pure, holy, sinless • .m.. a cert. sacrifice • pavitra.cleansing.purifying +
#iyam f. this (here), this earth (pRthivI) +
#bhU #bhavat, #bhavantI .mfn. being, present • m.f, (nom. bhavAn, .vatI; voc. bhavan, or bhos • your honour, your worship, your lordship or ladyship, you (lit. "the gentleman or lady present" • used respectfully for the 2nd pers. pron., but properly with the 3rd and only exceptionally with the 2nd pers. of the verb e.g. bhavAn dadAtu, "let your highness give" • sometimes in pl. to express greater courtesy e.g. bhavanta: pramANam, "your honour is an authority") • bhavat.Your.Presence.Your.Grace +
#zam #zemuSI.intelligence/intention. f. (fr. pf. p. of >zam) understanding, intellect, wisdom • resolve, purpose, intention (ifc. #zemuSIka) +
#astamita set (as the sun) • come to an end, ceased, dead • *astamite loc. ind. after sunset +
#sR #sAra .m.. course, motion (see pUrva.s.) • stretching out, extension • mfn. driving away, destroying +
#prabodha.x.
#arka.x.eNa
#bhAsita.
शीता समरसा शुद्धा ज्योत्स्ना_इव शशि.मण्डलात् ।
zItA samarasA zuddhA jyotsnA_iva zazi.maNDalAt |
विवेक.कणिकाम् श्रुत्वा भवतो हृदयाद् इयम् ॥३।८२।५॥
viveka.kaNikAm zrutvA bhavata:_hRdayAt_iyam ||3|82|5||
.
I am cool,
equable,
pure as the light of the Rabbit.in.the.Moon,
having heard this
Item of Discernment
from the heart of Your Beingnesses
.
zIta.x.A samarasa.x.A zuddha.x.A jyotsnA.x. iva zazi.x.maNDala.x.At viveka.x.kaNika.x.Am zrutvA.x. bhavata:.x. hRdaya.x.At iyam.
.
*vlm.p.5 Hearing the elements of your reasoning, my heart is as gladdened as when the earth is cooled by the serene beams of humid moonlight.
विवेकिनः_जगत्.पूज्या: सेव्या मन्ये भव.आदृशाH ।
vivekina: jagat.pUjyA: sevyA: manye bhava.AdRzA: |
सत्सङ्गात् स.विकासा_अस्मि चन्द्रेण_इव कुमुद्वती ॥३।८२।६॥
satsaGgAt sa.vikAsA_asmi candreNa_iva kumudvatI ||3|82|6||
.
anyone like Your Beingnesses
is to be honored and served in the world
by the discerning,
—
or so
I
think
—
for thru such good company
I have been brought to blossom
as a white lotus is by the Royal Moon
.
viveki.na: jagat.pUjya.A: sevya.A: manye. bhava.AdRza.A: satsaGga.At sa.vikAsa.A_asmi. candra.eNa iva kumudvatI
.
*vlm.p.6 Reasonable men like you are honored and venerated in the world, and I am as delighted in your company as a lake of lotuses with full blown buds under moonbeams.
सौरभम् कुसुमासङ्गाद् एव सत्सङ्गमाc chuभम् ।
saurabham kusumAsaGgAt_eva satsaGgamAt_zubham |
वर्तते ह्य् अर्क.सम्पर्काद् विकासो ऽम्बु.रुहाम् इव ॥३।८२।७॥
vartate hi_arka.samparkAt_vikAsa:_ambu.ruhAm iva ||3|82|7||
.
as
fragrance comes from contact with the blossom,
so
good company brings blessing
&
contact with the sun
brings the lotus.bud into bloom
.
saurabha.x.m kusuma.x. AsaGga.x.At/asaGga.x.At eva.x.indeed satsaGga.x..mAt.x. zubha.x.m vartate.x. hi.x. arka.x.samparka.x.At vikAsa.x.: ambu.x.ruha.x.Am iva.like/as.if
.
*vlm.7. The society of the virtuous, scatters its blessings, as a flower garden spreads its fragrance all around.
महताम् एव सम्पर्कात् पुनर् दुःखम् न बाधते ।
mahatAm eva samparkAt puna:_du:kham na bAdhate |
को हि दीप.शिखा.हस्त=तमसा परिभूयते ॥३।८२।८॥
ka:_hi dIpa.zikhA.hasta=tamasA paribhUyate ||3|82|8||
.
when you're touched by the Great Ones
sorrow doesnt trouble you again
&
so
with your candle in my hand
the darkness
is
subdued
.
mahataa.m eva.indeed\only/very to samparka.at punar.again
du:kha.m na.no/not baadhat.e kas.?who/which hi diipa.zikhaa.hasta=tamas.darkness/error.A paribhuuyat.e
.
mahatA
samparka
du:kha
bAdhat.e
hi dIpa.zikhA.hasta
tamas
paribhUyat.e
.
*sv.8 6.8 One who enjoys the company of enlightened men does not suffer in this world, even as one who holds a candle in his hand does not see darkness anywhere.
*vlm.8. Society with the good and great, dispels all our woes; as a lamp in the hand, disperses the surrounding darkness.
*jd. so getting the mere company of great ones, sorrow won't again trouble you, for a candle in the hand overcomes the darkness.
मया_इमौ जङ्गल.प्राप्तौ भवन्तौ भूमि.भास्करौ ।
mayA_imau jaGgala.prAptau bhavantau bhUmi.bhAskarau |
पूजनीयाव् अतः शीघ्रम् ईहितम् कथ्यताम् शुभम् ॥३।८२।९॥
pUjanIyau_ata: zIghram Ihitam kathyatAm zubham ||3|82|9||
.
two
jungle.caught Beingnesses
two suns over the land
are to be honored
so
quickly
tell me what you wish
.
mayA.w.me. imau.these.two. jaGgala.x.prApti.x.au bhavan.becoming.tau bhUmi.x.bhAskara.x.u pUjanIya.x.u ata.x.: zIghram.x. Ihita.x.m kathyatAm.x. zubham.x.
.
*vlm.9. I have fortunately obtained you as two great lights in this forest; you both are entitled to my reverence here, and deign now to acquaint me, with the good intent which has brought you hither.
THE RÂJÂ KING said—
अस्मिञ् जनपदे रक्ष:कुल=कानन.मञ्जरि ।
asmin_janapade rakSa:kula=kAnana.maJjari |
जनस्य बाधते ऽत्यन्तम् सदा हृदय.शूलनम् ॥३।८२।१०॥
janasya bAdhate_atyantam sadA hRdaya.zUlanam ||3|82|10||
.
in this country
you
are a blossom in the forest of the rakSha.Demon tribe
for us
for there is
a serious problem for the people of my country,
a constant pain in the Heart
.
asmin_janapade rakSa:kula=kAnana.maJjari janasya bAdhate_atyantam sadA hRdaya.zUlanam
.
sv._. rheumatic heart troubles.
*vlm.p.10 The king answered, "O offspring of the savage race of rakshasas, the people of this province are always afflicted in their hearts by a certain evil.
यतः सर्वा_एव जनता तप्ता दृढ.विषूचिका ।
yata: sarvA_eva janatA taptA dRDha.viSUcikA |
मण्डले ननु तेन_अहम् निर्गतो रात्रि.चर्यया ॥३।८२।११॥
maNDale nanu tena_aham nirgata:_rAtri.caryayA ||3|82|11||
.
all of my people here in Royal City are on fire with
this
Vishûchikâ.Plague
.
so
I've come on night patrol to deal with it
.
yata: sarvA_eva janatA taptA dRDha.viSUcikA maNDale nanu tena_aham nirgata:_rAtri.caryayA
.
*vlm.11. It is the obdurate disease of Vishuchi or cholic pain.. *sv.11 In the country there is also an epidemic of cholera.
*vlm.p.11 It is the stubborn disease of choleric pain that troubles the people of this part. Therefore I have come out with my guards to find her out in my nightly rounds.
*VA. here, the king just states the disease, caused by viSUcika, or he actually knows this is she, who stands in front? She did not introduce herself? *AS. I don't think he knows any specific connection. .. As all the people are upset with established disease in our neighborhood, I indeed stepped out to move about at night (to investigate).
शूल.आदि हृदये नृणाम् न शाम्यति यद् औषधैH ।
zUla.Adi hRdaye nRNAm na zAmyati yat_auSadhai: |
ततो ऽहम् त्वद्.विध.प्रोक्त.मन्त्र.अर्थेन विनिर्गतः ॥३।८२।१२॥
tata:_aham tvat.vidha.prokta.mantra.arthena vi.nirgata: ||3|82|12||
.
when such a prick
in the heart of humans
cannot be staunched by herbs
then
am
I
—being a stand.in for a Spell—
come forth
.
zUla.Adi hRdaye nRNAm na zAmyati yat_auSadhai: tata:_aham tvat.vidha.prokta.mantra.arthena vi.nirgata:
.
*vlm.12. This cholic pain is not removed from the hearts of men by any medicine, so I have come out in search of the mantra revealed to her for its cure.
*vlm.p.12 No medicine removes this choleric pain from the hearts of men, so I have come in search of the mantra revealed to her for its cure.
त्वादृशस्य च लोकस्य मुग्ध.लोक.अभिघातिनः ।
tvAdRzasya ca lokasya mugdha.loka.abhighAtina: |
निग्रह.अर्थम् प्रवृत्त्तिर् मे सा च सम्पत्तिम् एत्य् अलम् ॥३।८२।१३॥
nigraha.artham pravRtti:_me sA ca sampattim eti_alam ||3|82|13||
.
your sort of
people like U
prey on the innocent
and
my job is to put you under lock and key
&
that's what I'm about to do
!
of/for tvAdRz.x.asya.his/its. ca.and/also loka.world\people.sya mugdha.x.loka.world\people.abhighAti.x.na: nigraha.x.artha.x.m pravRtti.: me.me/my sA.she\it. ca.and/also sampatti.x.m eti.x. alam.enuf/sufficient
.
*vlm.p.13. It is my business and professed duty to persecute such wicked beings as yourself who infest our ignorant subjects in this way. This is all I have to tell you and do in this place.
*AS. I am ready to arrest (nigrahArtham pravRttir me) people like you who murder innocent people, and it works well (sA ca sampattim eti alam as I am about to grab you!)
एतावद् एव च शुभे त्वया_अङ्गी.क्रियताम् वचः ।
etAvat_eva ca zubhe tvayA_aGgI.kriyatAm vaca: |
भूयो भवत्या प्राणा हि हिंसनीया न कस्यचित् ॥३।८२।१४॥
bhUya:_bhavatyA prANA: hi hiMsanIyA: na kasyacit ||3|82|14||
.
this much would be a blessing
:
to have your word of agreement as to people's lives
—
no more,
Madam,
no more killing anyhow,
OK
?
etAvat.tis.much. eva.indeed. ca.and/also. zubha.good/auspicious.e tvayA.w.you. aGgI.agree.kriyatAm.let hir do. vac.word/voice.a:.n.. bhUya.moreover/mostly.:_bhavatyA.Madam. prANa.Praana/air.A: hi.ergo/indeed..x. hiMsanIya.to.be.hurt/killed.A: na.not kasyacit.of/¿whoever.
.
*sv.14 13.14 My humble submission to you is this: do not take the life of any of my people.
*vlm.14. Therefore, O good lady! do thou promise to me in thy own words, that thou shalt never injure any living being in future.
* etAvat.tis.much. eva.indeed. ca.and/also. zubha.good/auspicious.e tvayA.w.you. aGgI.agree.kriyatAm.let hir do. vac.word/voice.a:.n.. bhUya.moreover/mostly.:_bhavatyA.Madam. prANa.Praana/air.A: hi.ergo/indeed..x. hiMsanIya.to.be.hurt/killed.A: na.not kasyacit.of/¿whoever.
THE DEMONESS declared—
बाढम् एवम् करोम्य् अद्य.प्रभृत्य्.अ.वितथम् प्रभो ।
bADham evam karomi_adya.prabhRti.a.vitatham prabho |
सत्यम् एव न किम्चिद्*धि हिंसनीयम् मया_अधुना ॥३।८२।१५॥
satyam eva na kim.cit*hi hiMsanIyam mayA_adhunA ||3|82|15||
.
I
make this solemn pledge
:
from now on
henceforth without fail,
Lord,
I
will absolutely truly never kill
anything
at.all
!
bADha.m evam. karomi. adya.prabhRt. a.vitatha.m prabho. satya.m eva. na. kimcit. hi. hiMsanIya.m mayA. adhunA.
.
*vlm.p.15 Hearing the elements of your reasoning, my heart is as gladdened as when the earth is cooled by the serene beams of humid moonlight.
THE RAJA*KING replied—
यद्य्_एवम् फुल्ल.पद्म=अक्षी पर.देह=एक.भोजने ।
yadi_evam phulla.padma=akSI para.deha=eka.bhojane |
किम् स्याच्*छरीर.वृत्त्यै ते स्थिताया मत्.समीहिते ॥३।८२।१६॥
kim syAt*zarIra.vRttyai te sthitAyA mat.samIhite ||3|82|16||
.
lady with eyes like lotus.blooms that like to feast on people's flesh
if
this be so
then
tell me this
:
how will you get your living if you live according.with my wish
?
yadi_evam phulla.padma=akSI para.deha=eka.bhojane |kim syAt_zarIra.vRttyai te sthitAyA mat.samIhite
.
*vlm.p.16 The king replied, "If that be so, you who lives on animal flesh, tell me how can you support your body if you abstain from animal food?"
THE DEMONESS—
षड्भिर् मासैर् गिरौ राजन् प्रबुद्धायाH समाधितः ।
SaDbhi:_mAsai:_girau, rAjan, prabuddhAyA: samAdhita: |
ज्ञाता भोजन.सम्कल्पाद् भोजन.इच्छा_इयम् अद्य मे ॥३।८२।१७॥
jJAtA bhojana.samkalpAt_bhojana.icchA_iyam adya me ||3|82|17||
.
after six months on a mountain,
Your Majesty,
I arose from `samAdhi
as the Knower of the idea of eating
but
from now on the desire to eat is gone for me
.
SaDbhi:_mAsai:_girau, rAjan,_prabuddhAyA: samAdhita: |
jJAtA bhojana.samkalpAt
bhojana.icchA_iyam adya me
.
*vlm.17. The Rakshasi replied:..It is now passed six months, O prince! that I have risen from my entranced meditation, and fostered my desire for food, which I wholly renounce today.
इदानीम् शिखरम् गत्वा तदेव ध्यान.निश्चला ।
idAnIm zikharam gatvA tat_eva dhyAna.nizcalA |
यावद् इच्छम् सुखेन आसे स.जीवा शाल.भञ्जिका ॥३।८२।१८॥
yAvat_iccham sukhena_Ase sa.jIvA zAla.bhaJjikA ||3|82|18||
.
so
having gone to the mountain
let
That
alone
be my firm meditation,
wherein I am as happy as I wish to be,
like a living statue
.
idAnIm zikharam gatvA tat_eva dhyAna.nizcalA yAvat_iccham sukhena_Ase sa.jIvA zAla.bhaJjikA
.
आ.मृतीम् धरणाम् बद्ध्वा धारयामि शरीरकम् ।
A.mRtIm dharaNAm baddhvA dhArayAmi zarIrakam |
यथा.इच्छम् अथ कालेन त्यक्ष्यामि_इति मत्तिर् मम ॥३।८२।१९॥
yathA.iccham atha kAlena tyakSyAmi_iti mati:_mama ||3|82|19||
.
A.mRtIm dharaNAm baddhvA Immortal Contemplation bound dhArayAmi zarIrakam I support an embodiment yathA iccham atha kAlena as desired then thru time tyakSyAmi iti matir mama I'll let it go. such is my mind
.
A.mRtIm dharaNAm baddhvA dhArayAmi zarIrakam |
yathA.iccham atha kAlena tyakSyAmi_iti mati:_mama
.
*vlm.19. I will restrain myself by unshaken meditation until my death, and then I shall quit this body in its time with gladness. This is my resolution.
*sv.19 16.20 Now, please tell me: how shall I recompense you for your kindness and appease your hunger?"
* A.mRtIm dharaNAm baddhvA Immortal Contemplation bound dhArayAmi zarIrakam I support an embodiment yathA iccham atha kAlena as desired then thru time tyakSyAmi iti matir mama I'll let it go. such is my mind.
आ.शरीर=परित्यागम् इदानीम् न मया नृप ।
A.zarIra.parityAgam idAnIm na mayA nRpa |
हिंसनीयाH पर.प्राणास् तेन_इदम् मद्.वचः शृणु ॥३।८२।२०॥
hiMsanIyA: para.prANA:_tena_idam mat.vaca: zRNu ||3|82|20||
.
A.zarIra.parityAgam idAnIm na mayA nRpa hiMsanIyA: para.prANA: tena_idam mat*vaca: zRNu
.
until I leave the body,
from.now.on, forever,
not by me,
Lord of the Earth,
will any harm be caused
to any breathing creature
.
these are the words I have to say
.
*vlm._. you may rely assured upon my word.
*vlm.p.20 "I tell you now, O king, that until the end of this life and body of mine, I shall no more take the life of any living being, and you may rely assured upon my word.
हिमवान् नाम शैलो ऽस्ति शरच्.चन्द्र.अंशु=निर्मलH ।
himavAn_nAma zaila:_asti zarat.candra.aMzu=nirmala: |
य उत्तर.आशा.हृदये स्पृष्ट.पूर्व.अपर.अर्णवH ॥३।८२।२१॥
ya* uttara.AzA.hRdaye spRSTa.pUrva.apara.arNava: ||3|82|21||
.
there is a mountain
:
Mount Snowy,
spotless as an autumn.moon.beam
.
its range is in the heart of the Northern Quarter
and reaches the oceans on each side
.
himavAn_nAma zaila:_asti zarat.candra.aMzu=nirmala: ya* uttara.AzA.hRdaye spRSTa.pUrva.a.para.arNava:
.
*vlm.21. There is the mount Himalaya by name, standing in the heart of the northern region, and stretching in one sweep, from the eastern to western main.
तत्र_अहम् निवसाम्य् अग्रे हेम.शृङ्ग.दरी.गृहे ।
tatra_aham nivasAmi_agre hema.zRGga.darI.gRhe |
आयसी मेघ.लेखा_इव कर्कटी.नाम राक्षसी ॥३।८२।२२॥
AyasI megha.lekhA_iva karkaTI.nAma rAkSasI ||3|82|22||
.
there
on top of Old Snowy
I
dwell
in a cave cloven out.of the gold.laden peak
.
I am
a metal streak,
and
as an Ogress
they call me Crabby karkaTI
.
tatra_aham nivasAmi_agre hema.zRGga.darI.gRhe AyasI megha.lekhA_iva karkaTI.nAma rAkSasI
.
*vlm.p.22 At first I lived there in a cave by its golden peak. I was in the shape of an iron statue, and also like a cloud fragment, and I bore the name of Karkati the Rakshasi.
तपसा_उपार्जितो ब्रह्मा जनता.मरण.इच्छया ।
tapasA_upArjita:_brahmA janatA.maraNa.icchayA |
विषुचिका प्राण.हरा स्याम् सूच्यात्म् एति भो मया ॥३।८२।२३॥
viSucikA prANa.harA syAm sUcyAtm eti bho mayA ||3|82|23||
.
as a reward for my tapas.Austerities
given
by brahmA the Immense
so wishing for the death of people
I am
vishUchikA
the life.destroyer
(as my `sUchI.Needle.self became for me)
.
tapasA_upArjita:_brahmA janatA.maraNa.icchayA viSucikA prANa.harA syAm sUcyAtm eti bho mayA
.
*vlm.23. There I obtained the sight of Brahma by the austerityof my devotion; and expressed my desire of killing mankind, in the shape of a destructive needle.
तस्मात् सम्प्राप्त.वरया बहून् वर्ष.गणान् मया ।
tasmAt samprApta.varayA bahUn varSa.gaNAn mayA |
भुक्ता विषुचिकात्वेन जनता जीव.बाधनैH ॥३।८२।२४॥
bhuktA viSucikAtvena janatA jIva.bAdhanai: ||3|82|24||
.
thus having gained my Boon
many cycles of seasons were enjoyed by my `vishuchikA.ness
afflicting many lives of the people
.
tasmAt samprApta.varayA bahUn varSa.gaNAn mayA bhuktA viSucikAtvena
janatA jIva.bAdhanai:
.
*vlm.24. I obtained the boon accordingly, and passed a great many years in the act of afflicting living brings, and feeding upon their entrails in the form of the cholic pain.
*sv.24 From the creator BrahmA I obtained a boon, as a result of which I became a needle (and also the cholera virus); as such I brought untold misery to people.
"त्वया न गुणिने हिंस्या*" इति मे ब्रह्मणा ततः ।
"tvayA na guNine hiMsyA:" iti me brahmaNA tata: |
नियम.अर्थम् महामन्त्रः_तद् आयत्ता_अस्मि संस्थिता ॥३।८२।२५॥
niyama.artham mahA.mantra:_tat_AyattA_asmi saMsthitA ||3|82|25||
.
"But the virtuous are not to be killed by you"
so *brahmA told me then,
and so the control of my Great Spell
I came to understand
.
"tvayA. na. guNi.ne hiMs.yA*" iti. me. brahmaNA. tata:. niyama.artha.m mahA.mantra.: tat_AyattA_asmi saMsthitA
.
*vlm.25. I was then prohibited by Brahma to kill the learned, and was instructed in the great mantra for my observance.
*sv.25 25.28 Brahma, however, also evolved a mantra by which alone I am brought under control.
सो ऽयम् प्रगृह्यताम् तेन सर्वम् हृदय.शूलनम् ।
sa:_ayam pragRhyatAm tena sarvam hRdaya.zUlanam |
शमम् एष्यति लोके ऽस्मात् का कथा मत्.कृते भ्रमे ॥३।८२।२६॥
zamam eSyati loke_asmAt kA kathA mat.kRte bhrame ||3|82|26||
.
if
you employ
something that brings to peace
every
affliction of the heart,
what could remain that you would call
trouble
that has been made by me
?
sa:_ayam pragRhyatAm tena sarvam hRdaya.zUlanam zamam eSyati loke_asmAt
kA kathA mat.kRte bhrame
.
*AS. That (mantra) should be taken up (sa: ayam pratigRhyatAm), by that.all pain in the heart will subside in this world, what to talk of stupor caused by me! .. In other words, the powerful mantra will cure everything, including my doings!
*vlm.26. He then gave me the power of piercing the hearts of men, with some other diseases which infest all mankind.
वितता_एव_अस्मि हिम्सायाम् यत् पुरा हिम्सितम् मया ।
vitatA_eva_asmi himsAyAm yat purA himsitam mayA |
जनस्य हृदयम् तेन नाड्यो वैधुर्यम् आगताH ॥३।८२।२७॥
janasya hRdayam tena nADya:_vaidhuryam AgatA: ||3|82|27||
.
I
spread.about
doing my harm
and what has once been harmed by me,
the hearts of people,
thereby they get
constriction of the arteries
.
vitatA_eva_asmi himsAyAm yat purA himsitam mayA janasya hRdayam tena
nADya:_vaidhuryam AgatA:
.
*vlm.27. I spread myself far and wide in my malice, and sucked the heart blood of men, which dried up their veins and arteries; and emaciated their bodies.
*VA. I was so spread out in my harming ways, harming people’s hearts and causing channels (arteries) troubles. *AS. I have been involved with extensive harm; due to the damage caused by me to the hearts of the people in the past, their bodily channels (nADya: can be blood vessels or any other channels in the body as seen elsewhere in this book) are without control.
हिंसित्वा रक्त.माम्सानि संत्यक्ता ये महाजनाः ।
hiMsitvA rakta.mAmsAni saMtyaktA* ye mahAjanA: |
तेभ्यो विधुर.नाडीभ्यो ये जातास् ते ऽपि तादृशाः ॥३।८२।२८॥
tebhya:_vidhura.nADIbhya:_ye jAtA:_te_api tAdRzA: ||3|82|28||
.
himsitvA rakta.mAMsAni
devouring red meat
which great people have forsaken
saMtyaktA: ye mahAjanA:
tebhya: thru them
vidhura.nADIbhya:
ye jAtAs te_api tAdRzA:
*vlm.28. Those whom I left alive after devouring their flesh and blood, they begat a race as lean and veinless as they had become themselves.
विध् #vidh #vidhu #vidhura. bereaved (esp. of any loved person), solitary • (ifc.) separated from, wanting • suffering from want, miserable, helpless • depressed, dejected (vidhuram ind.) • adverse, unfavourable, hostile • m. a widower • n. calamity, distress. *y1027.041
राजन्, विषूचिका.मन्त्रः सो ऽयम् सम्पन्न एव ते ।
rAjan, viSUcikA.mantra: sa:_ayam sampanna* eva te |
नहि सत्त्ववताम् अस्ति दुHसाध्यम् इह किम्चन ॥३।८२।२९॥
nahi sattvavatAm asti du:.sAdhyam iha kimcana ||3|82|29||
.
O
rAjA
this.here *viShUchikA.mantra
once it is got by you
there is nothing in the world too hard for you to get here anyhow
.
rAjA,
once this viShUchikA spell has been received by you
there is nothing good whatever that is hard to attain
.
rAjan, viSUcikA.mantra: sa:_ayam sampanna* eva te nahi sattvavatAm asti du:.sAdhyam iha kim.cana
.
*vlm.p.29 "You will be successful, O happy king, in getting the mantra for driving away cholera pain, because there is nothing impossible that the wise and strong cannot attain.
अतो दुर्नाडि.कोशेषु शूलानाम् परिशान्तये ।
ata:_dur.nADi.kozeSu zUlAnAm parizAntaye |
मन्त्रो यो ब्रह्मणा प्रोक्तो राजन् शीघ्रम् गृहाण तम् ॥३।८२।३०॥
mantra:_ya:_brahmaNA prokta:,_rAjan,_zIghram gRhANa tam ||3|82|30||
.
so
take it,
Your Majesty,
this mantra which was uttered by brahmA
to relieve the pain of swollen arteries
.
Your Majesty,
take it for your own
!
ata:_dur.nADi.kozeSu zUlAnAm pari.zAntaye mantra:_ya:_brahmaNA prokto rAjan zIghram gRhANa tam
.
*vlm.p.30 Receive immediately, O king, the mantra that brahma uttered to remove choleric pain from the cells of arteries weakened by cholera.
VASISHTHA said—
आगच्छ निकटम् नद्या गच्छामस् तत्र भूमिप ।
Agaccha nikaTam nadyA gacchAma:_tatra bhUmipa |
स्वाचान्ताभ्याम् संयताभ्याम् भवद्भ्याम् सुमता ददे ॥३।८२।३१॥
svAcAntAbhyAm saMyatAbhyAm bhavadbhyAm sumatA dade ||3|82|31||
.
come closer
.
let's go down there by the river,
EarthLord,
and we'll bathe together,
Your Graces,
and I'll gladly give it to you
.
Agaccha nikaTam nadyA gacchAma:_tatra bhUmipa svAcAntAbhyAm saMyatAbhyAm
bhavadbhyAm sumatA dade
.
*vlm.31. Now advance towards me, and let us go to the neighbouring river; and there initiate you with the mantra, after you both are prepared to receive it by your ablution and purification.
*AS. Come, let us go to the river, there, O King to you two honorable ones bhavadbhyAm) who have done the proper ablution (Acamana thus su+AcAntAbhyAm) and are in proper pose (saMyatAbhyAm) I will happily (sumatA) give (dade) the mantra.
#cam #Acam #AcAnta one who has sipped water •• #svAcAnta mfn. one who has sipped water well or according to rule +
इति तस्याम् तदा रात्र्याम् राक्षसी.मन्त्रि.भूभृतः ।
iti tasyAm tadA rAtryAm rAkSasI.mantri.bhUbhRta: |
जग्मुस् ते सरितस् तिरम् मिथH सम्जात.सौहृदाH ॥३।८२।३२॥
jagmu:_te sarita:_tiram mitha: samjAta.sauhRdA: ||3|82|32||
.
so
then
that very night
they came
—the Demoness, the Minister, His Majesty the Bearer of the Earth—
together
on a riverbank
like a meeting of old friends
.
iti tasyAm tadA rAtryAm rAkSasI.mantri.bhUbhRta: jagmu:_te sarita:_tiram
mitha: samjAta.sauhRdA:
.
*vlm.p.32 Vasishtha said:— Then the rakshasi proceeded to the river side that very night accompanied by the king and his minister, all joined together as friends.
अन्वय.व्यतिरेकेण राक्षस्याH सौहृदम् तदा ।
anvaya.vyatirekeNa rAkSasyA: sauhRdam tadA |
ज्ञात्वा स्थितौ तौ स्वाचान्ताव् उभाव् अन्ते_निवासिनौ ॥३।८२।३३॥
jJAtvA sthitau tau svAcAntau_ubhau_ante_nivAsinau ||3|82|33||
.
anvaya.vyatirekeNa rAkSasyA: sauhRdam tadA jJAtvA sthitau tau svAcAntau ubhau_ante_nivAsinau
.
so then,
having considered the pros and cons of the Demoness's friendship,
the two remained nearby,
making their ablutions
.
*vlm.p.33 These two men, being sure of the rakshasi’s friendship by both affirmative and negative proofs, made their ablutions and stood on the river bank.
तया ब्रह्मा.उपदिष्टो ऽसौ ततस् ताभ्याम् यथाक्रमम् ।
tayA brahmA.upadiSTa:_asau tata:_tAbhyAm yathAkramam |
स्नेहाद् विषूचिका.मन्त्रः प्रदत्तो जप.सिद्धदH ॥३।८२।३४॥
snehAt_viSUcikA.mantra: pradatta:_japa.siddhada: ||3|82|34||
.
and there it was she taught
this mantra
(taught by brahmA to her)
to them,
each in turn according.with.rank
.
lovingly
the vishUchikA.mantra was bestowed on them,
to be empowered by repetition
.
tayA brahmA.upadiSTa:_asau tata:_tAbhyAm yathAkramam snehAt_viSUcikA.mantra:
pradatta:_japa.siddhada:
.
*vlm.p.34 Then the rakshasi tenderly told them the mantra that brahma had revealed to her to remove cholera pain, and which was always successful.
ततः सम्जात.सौहार्दौ तौ विसृज्य निशाचरी ।
tata: samjAta.sauhArdau tau visRjya nizAcarI |
यदा गन्तुम् प्रवृत्ता_असौ तदा राजा_अब्रवीद् वचः ॥३।८२।३५॥
yadA gantum pravRttA_asau tadA rAjA_abravIt_vaca: ||3|82|35||
.
tata: samjAta.sauhArdau tau visRjya nizAcarI yadA gantum pravRttA_asau
tadA rAjA_abravIt_vaca:
.
next thing,
that old NightRover tried to slip away from the two friends
.
but they stopped her
.
*vlm.p.35 Afterwards as the nocturnal fiend was about to depart and leave her friendly companions behind, the king stopped her with his speech.
THE KING declared—
गुरुस् त्वम् नौ महादेहे वयस्या च सुनिर्वृता ।
guru:_tvam nau mahAdehe vayasyA ca sunirvRtA |
निमन्त्रय_आवहे यत्नाद् ग्रसाय तव सुन्दरि ॥३।८२।३६॥
nimantraya_Avahe yatnAt_grasAya tava sundari ||3|82|36||
.
guru: tvam nau mahA.dehe Bigbody, you're our guru
vayasyA ca su.nirvRtA nimantrayAvahe yatnAt grasAya tava sundari
.
*vlm. O you of gigantic stature! you have become our preceptor by your teaching us the mantra, we invite you with affection, to take your repast with us tonight.
*sv.36 The grateful KING said to karkaTI: "O kind lady, now you have become my guru and friend.
न च_अस्मत् प्रणयम् प्रीता वितथी.कर्तुम् अर्हसि ।
na ca_asmat praNayam prItA vitathI.kartum arhasi |
सौहार्दम् सुजनानाम् हि दर्शनाद् एव वर्धते ॥३।८२।३७॥
sauhArdam sujanAnAm hi darzanAt_eva vardhate ||3|82|37||
.
as for our friendship,
dear girl,
you
shouldn't ever let it go.to.waste
.
the friendship of good hearts grows with familiarity
.
na ca_asmat praNayam prItA vitathI.kartum arhasi sauhArdam sujanAnAm hi darzanAt_eva vardhate
.
*vlm.p.37 It does not become you to break off our friendship which has grown at our very first meeting like the acquaintance of good people.
*AS. You, who are pleased (prItA) should not make (na arhasi) our love for you (asmat.praNayam) go to waste (vitathIkartum).
लघु.सौभाग्य.संयुक्तम् कृत्वा_आकारम् मनोरमम् ।
laghu.saubhAgya.saMyuktam kRtvA_AkAram manoramam |
आगच्छ_अस्मद्.गृहम्, भद्र, तत्र तिष्ठ यथासुखम् ॥३।८२।३८॥
Agaccha_asmat.gRham, bhadra, tatra tiSTha yathAsukham ||3|82|38||
.
when you have made your somewhat undelightsome figure
more beautiful
come to our House, dear girl, and stay as long as you please
.
laghu.x.saubhAgya.x.saMyukta.x.m kRtvA.x. AkAra.x.m manorama.x.m Agaccha.x. asmat.this gRha.x.m bhadra.x. tatra.x. tiSTha.rest/stay. yathAsukham.however.pleasing.
.
*vlm.p.38 Give your ill.favored form a little more graceful figure and walk with us to our home and stay there at your own pleasure."
THE DEMONESS said—
मुग्ध.स्त्री.रूप.धारिण्ये दातुम् शक्तH_असि भोजनम् ।
mugdha.strI.rUpa.dhAriNye dAtum zakta:_asi bhojanam |
संतर्पयसि माम् केन राक्षस.आकार.धारिणीम् ॥३।८२।३९॥
saMtarpayasi mAm kena rAkSasa.AkAra.dhAriNIm ||3|82|39||
.
so
if I looked like one of your pleasure girls,
you could give me a proper feast
.
but
how can you satisfy me,
when I am in the body of a Demoness
?
mugdha.strI.rUpa.dhAriNye dAtum zakta:_asi bhojanam | saMtarpayasi mAm kena rAkSasa.AkAra.dhAriNIm
.
mugdha.strI.rUpa.dhAriNye
dAtum zakta:_asi bhojanam |
saMtarpayasi mAm kena
rAkSasa.AkAra.dhAriNIm
.
*vlm.p.39 The rakshasi replied, "You can well provide a female of your own kind with her proper food, but what entertainment can you give to my satisfaction? I am a cannibal by nature!
रक्षो ऽन्नम् एव संतुष्ट्यै न सामान्य.जन.आशनम् ।
rakSa:_annam eva saMtuSTyai na sAmAnya.jana.Azanam |
पूर्व.सिद्ध.स्वभावो ऽयम् आ.देहम् न निवर्तते ॥३।८२।४०॥
pUrva.siddha.svabhAva:_ayam A.deham na nivartate ||3|82|40||
.
rakSa:_annam eva saMtuSTyai na sAmAnya.jana.Azanam pUrva.siddha.svabhAva:_ayam A.deham na nivartate
.
rakSas.annam eva saMtuSTyai na sAmAnya.jana.azanam pUrva.siddha.svabhAva:_ayam Adeham na nivartate .
*vlm.40. It is the food of a giant (Rakshasa) alone, that can yield me satisfaction, and not the little morsel of petty mortals; this is the innate nature of our being, and can not be done away with as long as we carry with us our present bodies.
*sv.40 39.47 You need not afflict good people at.all. But I shall feed you with sinners and thieves."
THE KING said—
हेम.स्रग्.दाम.वलिता दिनानि कतिचिद् गृहे ।
hema.srak.dAma.valitA dinAni katicit_gRhe |
मम स्त्री.रूपिणी तिष्ठ यावद् इच्छम् अ.निन्दिते ॥३।८२।४१॥
mama strI.rUpiNI tiSTha yAvat_iccham a.nindite ||3|82|41||
.
hema.srak.dAma.valitA dinAni katicit_gRhe mama strI.rUpiNI tiSTha yAvat_iccham anindite
.
adorned with golden garlands
for a little while
abide in my palace,
in your female form
as long as you wish, blameless lady
.
*vlm.p.41 The king answered, "Ornamented with necklaces of gold, you shall be at liberty to remain with the ladies in my house for as many days as you may like to stay.
ततो दुष्कृतिनश् चौरान् वध्याञ्*छत.सहस्रशH ।
tata:_duS.kRtina:_caurAn vadhyAn*zata.sahasraza: |
मण्डलेभ्यH समानीय ददे तुभ्यम् सु.भोजनम् ॥३।८२।४२॥
maNDalebhya: samAnIya dade tubhyam su.bhojanam ||3|82|42||
.
there are thieves
waiting to be condemned for their evil.doing,
by the hundred thousand
.
I
will round them up
out.of my provinces.
they will make a special feast for you
!
tata:.therefore/from.that. duSkRti.ill.doing/wickedness.na: caura.thief.An vadhya.to.be.killed.At zata.hundred.sahasra.thousand.zas.x. maNDala.territory/sphere.ebhya: samAnIya.bringing.back. dade.I.he/give.gave tubhyam.to/for.you. su..x.bhojana.eating/enjoying.m
.
*vlm.p.42 Then, for your food, I will produce the robbers and felons that I seize in my territories. You will have them supplied to you constantly by the hundreds and thousands.
* tata:.therefore/from.that. duSkRti.ill.doing/wickedness.na: caura.thief.An vadhya.to.be.killed.At zata.hundred.sahasra.thousand.zas.x. maNDala.territory/sphere.ebhya: samAnIya.bringing.back. dade.I.he/give.gave tubhyam.to/for.you. su..x.bhojana.eating/enjoying.m
कान्ता.रूपम् परित्यज्य गृहीत्वा राक्षसम् वपुH ।
kAntA.rUpam parityajya gRhItvA rAkSasam vapu: |
आदाय वध्याञ्*छतशH पुरुषांस् तान् सुसंचितान् ॥३।८२।४३॥
AdAya vadhyAn*zataza: puruSAn*tAn su.saMcitAn ||3|82|43||
.
for them
you can forgo your lovelier form
&
take your Demoness body
:
you can eat
condemned men
by the hundred.in.a.bunch
!
kAntA.x.rUpa.x.m parityajya.xx gRhItvA.x. rAkSasa.x.m vapu.x.:
AdAya.x. vadhya.x.An zata.x.za:.x. puruSa.x.An tAn.x. su.x.saMcita.x.An
.
*vlm.p.43 Then you can then forsake your attractive form, resume your hideous rakshasi figure, and kill hundreds of those lawless men for your food.
नयस्व हिमवच्*छृङ्गम् तत्र भुङ्क्ष्व यथासुखम् ।
nayasva himavat*zRGgam tatra bhuGkSva yathAsukham |
महाशनानाम् एकान्ते भोजनम् हि सुखायते ॥३।८२।४४॥
mahAzanAnAm ekAnte bhojanam hi sukhAyate ||3|82|44||
.
nayasva.lead.to/conduct. himavat.snowy. zRGga.mountain/peak.m tatra.there/then bhuGkSva.xx yathAsukham.as.pleasing mahAzanAna.x.Am ekAna.x.te bhojana.x.m hi.ergo/indeed sukhAya.x.te
.
take them all to
some mountaintop somewhere
&
when you get there,
you can feast on them as you wish
:
when it comes to your kind of feasting,
it's more congenial to dine alone
.
*vlm.p.44 Take them to the top of the snowy mountain and devour them at your pleasure. Great men always like to take their meals in privacy."
तृप्ता निद्राम् मनाक्.कृत्वा भव भूयH समाधि.भाक् ।
tRptA nidrAm manAk.kRtvA bhava bhUya: samAdhi.bhAk |
समाधि.विरता भूयो ऽप्य्_आगत्य पुनर् अन्यदा ॥३।८२।४५॥
samAdhi.viratA bhUya:_api_Agatya punar anyadA ||3|82|45||
.
once you are full
and take a little rest
you can again enjoy samAdhi;
if not engaged in samAdhi
you can return to eat some more
.
v.tRpta.x.A nidrA.x.m manAk.x.kRtvA.xx bhava.xx bhUya.moreover/mostly.: samAdhi.x.bhAk.x. samAdhi.x.virata.x.A bhUya.moreover/mostly.: api.xx .
Agatya.xx punar.x. anyadA.x.
.
*vlm.p.45 "After your recreation with that food and a short nap, you can resume your meditation. When you are tired with your meditation, you can come back to this place.
न_इष्यस्य् अन्यान् वध्य.जनाद् हिंसा न_एषाम् च धर्मतः ।
na_iSyasi_anyAn vadhya.janAt hiMsA* na_eSAm ca dharmata: |
स्व.धर्मेण च हिंसा_एव महा.करुणाया समा ॥३।८२।४६॥
sva.dharmeNa ca hiMsA_eva mahA.karuNAyA samA ||3|82|46||
.
or if you don't want any more condemned people
tho killing them is lawful
since by your own dharma
killing them is a great mercy
..
na_iSyasi_anyAn_vadhya.janAt hiMsA* na_eSAm ca dharmata: sva.dharmeNa ca hiMsA_eva mahA.karuNAyA samA
.
#eSa / #ayam *eSAm acc. "her" / gen. "their".
*vlm. You can then take the other offenders for your slaughter; because the killing of culprits is not only justifiable by law, but it amounts to an act of mercy, to rid them (of their punishment in the next world).
*jd. let the reader never forget where he is
:
in the middle of a lampoon,
not an ethics lesson.
त्वम् सम्.एष्यसि च_अवश्यम् माम् समाधि.विरागिणी ।
tvam sam.eSyasi ca_avazyam mAm samAdhi.vi.rAgiNI |
असताम् अपि संरूढम् सौहार्दम् न निवर्तते ॥३।८२।४७॥
a.satAm api saMrUDham sauhArdam na nivartate ||3|82|47||
.
tvam sam.eSyasi ca_avazyam mAm samAdhi.vi.rAgiNI a.satAm api saMrUDham sauhArdam na nivartate
.
if so yet you will certainly return to me
when you have no taste for samAdhi
when the unreal bursts.forth, sprouting
:
for friendship does not turn.away
.
*vlm.47. You must return to me when you are tired of your devotion; because the friendship which is formed even with the wicked, is not easily done away.
THE DEMONESS—
युक्तमुक्तम् त्वया राजन् करोम्य् एवम् अहम् सुखे ।
yuktamuktam tvayA rAjan karomi_evam aham sukhe |
सौहार्देन प्रवृत्तस्य को वाक्यम् न_अभिनन्दति ॥३।८२।४८॥
sauhArdena pravRttasya ka:_vAkyam na_abhinandati ||3|82|48||
.
well said by you, Your Majesty
!
I'll do just as you say, gladly
—
for who does not welcome a word of promise given by a friend
?
yukta.fit/properly.m ukta.said.m / yukta.fit/proper..x.mukta.freed/released.m tvayA.w.you rAjan.O.King/Your.Majesty. karomi.I.do/make. evam.so aham.I sukha.pleasure\good.space.e with/by sauhArda.friendship.ena of/for pravRtta.engaged.in/become.sya ka.¿who/what.: vAkya.speech/saying.m na.not abhinand.please/praise/desire.ati.
.
*vlm.48 The rakshasi replied, "You have spoken well, king, and I will do as you say. For who is there that will slight the words of the wise spoken to him in the way of friendship?"
* yukta.fit/properly.m ukta.said.m / yukta.fit/proper..x.mukta.freed/released.m tvayA.w.you rAjan.O.King/Your.Majesty. karomi.I.do/make. evam.so aham.I sukha.pleasure\good.space.e with/by sauhArda.friendship.ena of/for pravRtta.engaged.in/become.sya ka.¿who/what.: vAkya.speech/saying.m na.not abhinand.please/praise/desire.ati.
VASISHTHA said—
इत्य् उक्त्वा राक्षसी तत्र सम्पन्ना सु.विलासिनी ।
iti_uktvA rAkSasI tatra sampannA su.vilAsinI |
हार.केयुर.कटक.पट्ट.स्रग्दाम.धारिणी ॥३।८२।४९॥
hAra.keyura.kaTaka.paTTa.sragdAma.dhAriNI ||3|82|49||
.
so having said
she dressed in an attractive way
with necklaces and bracelets and fine silken cloth and lace
.
iti uktvA rAkSasI tatra sampannA su.vilAsinI | hAra.keyura.kaTaka.paTTa.sragdAma.dhAriNI
.
iti_uktvA rAkSasI tatra
sampannA su.vilAsinI |
hAra.keyura.kaTaka.paTTa.sragdAma.dhAriNI
.
*VLMitra.p.49 Vasishtha said:—Saying so, the rakshasi assumed a graceful form and wore necklaces and bracelets, and silken robes and laces.
"राजन्न् आगच्छ गच्छाम" इत्य् उक्त्वा भूप.मन्त्रिणौ ।
"rAjan_Agaccha gacchAma:" iti_uktvA bhUpa.mantriNau |
अग्रे गन्तुम् प्रवृत्तौ तौ रात्राव् अनुससार सा ॥३।८२।५०॥
agre gantum pravRttau tau rAtrau_anu.sasAra sA ||3|82|50||
.
meanwhile the Minister declared,
"Come, let us go, Your Majestiy!"
&
the King and he set.forth
ahead
&
she
followed them, after, in the dark
.
"rAjan.x. Agaccha.x. gacchAmaH.x. iti.x. uktvA.x. bhUpa.x.mantri.x.Nau | agra.x.e gantum.x. pravRtti.x.au tau.x. rAtri.x.au anu..x.sasAra.x. sA.she
.
*vlm.50. She said, "Well raja, let us go together" and then, followed the footsteps of the prince and his counsellor, who walked before her and led the way.
*AS. She said: "Come O King". The King and the Minister (bhUpamantriNau), having said "O.K., let's go (gacchAmaH)", started walking ahead (agre gantum pravRttau) and in the night (rAtrau) she followed them (sA anusasAra tau). * The words "rAjan AgacCha" use a singular address, and thus she invited just the King to come along (AgacCha). The uktvA is the preceding action to gantum pravRttau. The grammar requires that the subject of the action represented by uktvA should be the same as that of gantum pravRttau and this is clearly in dual, so the King and the minister are the joint subject in dual number. Hence the speech "gacChAmaH" (which invites all three to go, being plural) must be attributed to the King and the minister and not to karkaTI.
अथ ते पार्थिव.गृहम् प्राप्य ताम् रजनीम् मिथH ।
atha te pArthiva.gRham prApya tAm rajanIm mitha: |
कथया_एक.गृहे रम्ये क्षपयाम्.आसुर् आदृताH ॥३।८२।५१॥
kathayA_eka.gRhe ramye kSapayAm.Asu:_AdRtA: ||3|82|51||
.
atha.and.so te.they/thee pArthiva.x.gRha.x.m prApya.x. tAm.x. rajanI.x.m mitha.:.x. kathayA.x. eka.one.gRha.x.e ramya.x.e kSapay.x.Am.x.Asu:.:xx. AdRta.x.A:
.
and so they,
having reached the royal palace,
they spent the night in the company of a queen in talk
with all its proper pleasantries
.
*AS. The words are: kSapayA Sasu: (spent or literally reduced the night to nothing) with great respect or attention to each other (AdRtAH). This is a common way to use AdRtA: thinking highly of each other!
*jd. in KG ed., both text and ABComm. have kSapayAm. One MW reading has "#kSip to pass or while away (the time or night, कालम्, क्षपाम्) Katha.s.s. lv, 154 ; cI, 84.
*vlm.p.51 Having arrived at the royal residence, they passed that night with their agreeable meal and discourse together.
प्रभाते ऽन्तःपुरे तस्थौ पुरन्ध्री.जन.लीलया ।
prabhAte_anta:pure tasthau purandhrI.jana.lIlayA |
राक्षसी मन्त्र.राजानौ स्व.व्यापारौ बभूवतुH ॥३।८२।५२॥
rAkSasI mantra.rAjAnau sva.vyApArau babhUvatu: ||3|82|52||
.
dawn
came to the Inner City,
where she was playing.at Being.a.Lady
(altho a Demoness)
.
then
she, the Minister, and King,
pursued their private businesses
.
prabhAte_anta:pure tasthau purandhrI.jana.lIlayA rAkSasI mantra.rAjAnau sva.vyApArau babhUvatu:
.
*vlm.52. As it became morning, the Rakshasi went inside the house, and there remained with the women; while the prince and the minister attended to their business.
*sv.52 49.52 She became a charming young woman and accompanied the king to live as his guest.
*AS._. she played a woman in the house and they went about their routine business.
ततो दिवस.षट्केन संचितानि मही.भृता ।
tata:_divasa.SaTkena saMcitAni mahI.bhRtA |
नृप: पर.पुरेभ्यो 'पि स्व.मण्डल.गणात् तथा ॥३।८२।५३॥
nRpa: para.purebhya:_api sva.maNDala.gaNAt tathA ||3|82|53||
.
then,
in the following six days,
the EarthLord called a Gathering
—
from other cities
from Royal City
..
tata:_divasa.SaTkena saMcitAni mahI.bhRtA nRpa: para.purebhya:_api sva.maNDala.gaNAt tathA
.
*vlm.p.53 Over the course of six days, the king collected together all the offenders he had seized in his territory and from other parts.
त्रीणि वध्य.सहस्राणि तानि तस्यै तदा ददौ ।
trINi vadhya.sahasrANi tAni tasyai tadA dadau |
सा बभूव निशा काले सा_एव_उग्रा कृष्ण.राक्षसी ॥३।८२।५४॥
sA babhUva nizA kAle sA_eva_ugrA kRSNa.rAkSasI ||3|82|54||
.
3,000
were condemned to death
and all of them he gave to her
and she became in that night time
a very ugly BlackDemoness
.
trINi vadhya.sahasrANi tAni tasyai tadA dadau sA babhUva nizA kAle sA_eva_ugrA kRSNa.rAkSasI
.
*jd. what a crime rate there must have been in this vicious monarchy!
*vlm.p.54 These amounted to three thousand heads which he gave to her. She resumed her fierce dark form of the black fiend of the night.
तानि वध्य.सहस्राणि जग्राह भुज.मण्डले ।
tAni vadhya.sahasrANi jagrAha bhuja.maNDale |
धारानि.कर.जालानि मेघ.माला_इव कोटरे ॥३।८२।५५॥
dhArAni.kara.jAlAni megha.mAlA_iva koTare ||3|82|55||
.
those doomed thousands
she held in her greedy hands
as a dark cloud holds its waterdrops
.
*vlm.p.55 She laid hold of thousands of men in her extended grasp, like a cloud fragment holds drops of rainwater in its wide bosom.
tAni vadhya.sahasrANi jagrAha bhuja.maNDale dhArAni.kara.jAlAni megha.mAlA_iva koTare
.
ययौ राजानम् आपृच्छ्य तदेव हिमव च्* छिरः ।
yayau rAjAnam ApRcchya tadeva himavat_zira: |
दरिद्रा लब्ध.हेम_इव ग्रहेष्व्_उग्र.शरीरिणी ॥३।८२।५६॥
daridrA labdha.hema_iva graheSu_ugra.zarIriNI ||3|82|56||
.
she took her leave of the King
.
then
on a snowy mountain.top
like a pauper hoarding gold,
by what was in the grasp of her Ogress.body
..
yayau rAjAnam ApRcchya tadeva himavat_zira: daridrA labdha.hema_iva graheSu_ugra.zarIriNI
.
*vlm.p.56 She took leave of the king and went with her prey to the mountain top, just like a poor man takes gold that he happened to find in some hidden place.
तत्र तृप्ता भृशम् भुक्त्वा सुखम् सुप्त्वा दिन.त्रयम् ।
tatra tRptA bhRzam bhuktvA sukham suptvA dina.trayam |
आसीत् प्रबोध.सु.स्वस्था सा समाधि.मति: पुनः ॥३।८२।५७॥
AsIt prabodha.su.svasthA sA samAdhi.mati: puna: ||3|82|57||
.
..
she was fully satisfied
and there she took her rest for three full days
:
she became established in her awakening
and again entered samAdhi
.
*vlm._. regaining the firmness of her understanding, she was employed in her devotion.
*vlm.p.57 For three days and nights she refreshed herself with her food and rested. Then regaining the firmness of her understanding, she employed herself in meditation.
पञ्चभिर् वा चतुर्भिर् र्भिH_वा वर्षैH सा सम्प्रबुध्यत ।
paJcabhi:_vA caturbhi:_vA varSai: sA sam.prabudhyata |
तत् ततो मण्डलम् याति तेन राज.सभा.जने ॥३।८२।५८॥
tat_tata:_maNDalam yAti tena rAja.sabhA.jane ||3|82|58||
.
and so
when five or six years passed
she awoke
.
at that time she went to the Palace
and she came before the Royal Assembly
.
paJcabhi:_vA caturbhi:_vA varSai: sA sam.prabudhyata tat.tata:_maNDalam yAti
tena rAja.sabhA.jane
.
*vlm.p.58 After four or five or sometimes seven years passed, she used to get up from her tapas and return to where men live and to the court of the king.
तत्र विश्रम्भ.गर्भाभिH कथाभिH कम्चिd एव सा ।
tatra vizrambha.garbhAbhi: kathAbhi: kam.cit_eva sA |
स्थित्वा कालम् गृहीत्वा तान् वध्यान् स्वास्पदम् एत्य् अथ ॥३।८२।५९॥
sthitvA kAlam gRhItvA tAn vadhyAn svAspadam eti_atha ||3|82|59||
.
there for a while she spent her time in "confidential talks" and gossip
—
but now it's time again for her to grasp
the doomed
and fix them properly
.
tatra vizrambha.garbhAbhi: kathAbhi: kam.cit_eva sA sthitvA kAlam gRhItvA tAn vadhyAn svAspadam eti_atha
.
*vlm.p.59 There they passed some time in confidential conversation, then she returned with her prey of the offenders to her mountain seat.
जीवन्.मुक्ततया_एवम् एव विपिने सा_अद्य_अपि रक्षो ऽङ्गना
jIvan.muktatayA_evam eva vipine sA_adya_api rakSa:_aGganA
तस्मिन् न_इव गिरौ स्थिता विचलित.ध्यान.एकतान.आशया ।
tasmin na_iva girau sthitA vicalita.dhyAna.ekatAna.AzayA |
तस्मिन् राजनि शान्तिम् आगतवति त्यक्त.एषणेन आत्मना
tasmin rAjani zAntim Agatavati tyakta.eSaNena_AtmanA
तद् राष्ट्र.अधिप.सौहृदै: स्वक.वलान् आस्वादयन्ती चिरम् ॥३।८२।६०॥
tat_rASTra.adhipa.sauhRdai: svaka.valAn AsvAdayantI ciram ||3|82|60||
.
in Living.Freedom now again that Demon Lady =
no longer as she had been on her mountain
in a thoughtless one-pointed state
when that rAjA came to peace
having forsaken his own desires
she
with her friends in government
dwelt in peasure for a very long time
.
jIvan.living.muktatA.Free.state.ayA evam.so eva.indeed vipina.thicket/grove.e sA.she\it. adya.now api.even/tho rakSa:.demon.aGganA.girl/woman tasmin.there/then na.not iva-like/as.if – girau.on.mountain.sthita.situate/existent.A vicalita.departed/deviated.from/troubled.dhyAna.meditation/thott.ekatAna.directed.to/fixed.on.one.thing\closely.attentive.Azaya.abode.A tasmin.there/then
rAjani.night to zAnti.peace.m
whin Agata.having.come. vat.like.i tyakta.abandoned by/with eSaNa.impulse/desire.ena AtmanA.by/with.self tat.that.one
rASTra.region/people.adhipa.Overlord by/with sauhRda.from.a.friend.i: thm svaka.own.things.vala.cave/cavern.An
AsvAdayantI.xx
ciram.for.long.
.
*vlm.60. Thus freed from cares even in her lifetime, she continued to remain as a liberated being in that mountain &c. &c.
*sv.60 58-60 After her meal she would often go into samAdhi for a few years at a time, before returning to normal consciousness and normal life.
~*rASTra.region/people
~*adhipa.Overlord
~*sauhRda.from.a.friend
~*vala.cave/cavern
~*AsvAdayantI
oॐm
A Note on WORD FORMATION:
The prefixes are an early problem for the English-speaking student. One way to get a sense of their meaning is to see their application to a particular root.
Capeller's Dictionary
http://www.sanskrit-lexicon.uni-koeln.de/scans/MWScan/tamil/index.html
provides this kind of expansion for many roots. For example, Cap. gives these possibilities for
##tap:
{ati} make warm or hot, trouble, distress.
{anu} heat, pain; P. suffer pain, repent, long for (acc.). {pratyanu} & {samanu} P. repent.
{abhi} make hot, shine upon, pain, ache; P. suffer pain.
{A} glow, shine, heat; P. suffer pain, w.
{abhyA} heat, pain, torment.
{ut} heat, pain, torment.
{upa} make hot, vex, hurt; also P. suffer, pain, get unwell (A. also impers. w. gen. or acc. of pers.).
{nis} ({niS}) heat, singe.
{pari} burn all round, set on fire, kindle; also P. feel pain, suffer, do penance
{pra} A. give out heat, burn, shine (l. & f.); shine upon, warm, heat, singe, roast, pain, torment; also P. feel pain, suffer, castigate one's self. C. heat, warm, illumine, kindle; pain, distress.
{prati} give out heat towards, make hot or warm.
{vi} give out strong heat, burn; pervade, penetrate.
{sam} heat, burn, pain, torment (also C.); suffer pain, repent. P. be distressed, grieve, do penance. {abhisam} vex, distress.
.
oॐm
.
Group Page
https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/yoga.vasishtha
Complete YVFiles https://www.dropbox.com/sh/jqx2zv9ekpnade9/ÂDi__P5w3QM0Y5kJANUFh.Ia?dl=0
next Canto:
FM3083 THE WORSHIP OF KANDARÂ THE DEEP .z11
vicAraH paramaM jJAnaM zamo hi paramaM sukham ||
सन्तोषः परमो लाभः सत्सङ्गः परमा गतिः।
विचारः परमं ज्ञानं शमो हि परमं सुखम्॥
Contentment is the highest gain, Good Company the highest course,
Enquiry the highest wisdom, and Peace the highest enjoyment.
-- Yoga Vasishtha
--
You received this message because you are subscribed to the Google Groups "yoga vasishtha" group.
To unsubscribe from this group and stop receiving emails from it, send an email to yoga-vasishth...@googlegroups.com.
To post to this group, send email to yoga-va...@googlegroups.com.
To view this discussion on the web visit https://groups.google.com/d/msgid/yoga-vasishtha/9e044b4c-bd5b-490f-98eb-9c5a69d72bbb%40googlegroups.com.
For more options, visit https://groups.google.com/d/optout.
Jiva Das
https://www.dropbox.com/s/vu9chd079ro6pck/fm3050%201.jl01-02%20FALL%20OF%20A%20KING%20.z50.docx?dl=0
FM3082 KARKATI GOES TO COURT 1AG26-28 z.60
https://www.dropbox.com/s/ppxawni83e5hh1f/fm3082%201ag26..28%20karkaTI%20GOES%20TO%20COURT%20.z60.docx?dl=0
FM.3.82 KARKATI GOES TO COURT 1AG26-28
सर्ग ३.८२
वसिष्ठ उवाच ।
vasiSTha* uvAca |
इति राज.मुखाच्*छ्रूत्वा कर्कटी वन.मर्कटी ।
iti rAja.mukhAt_zrUtvA karkaTI vana.markaTI |
avabuddha.padAntam svam jahau matsara.cApalam ||3|82|1||
anta:zItala.tAm etya vizrAntim apa.tApatAm |
prAptA prAvRT.mayUrI_iva sa.jyotsnena kumudvatI ||3|82|2||
तथा राज.गिरा तस्या आनन्द उदभूद् भृशम् ।
tathA rAja.girA tasyA: Ananda* udabhUt_bhRzam |
garbhe_anta: khe balAkAyA: raveNa_iva vaya:_muca: ||3|82|3||
अहो बत पवित्रा_इयम् भवतोर् भाति शेमुषी ।
aho bata pavitrA_iyam bhavato:_bhAti zemuSI |
an.astamita.sAreNa prabodha.arkeNa bhAsitA ||3|82|4||
शीता समरसा शुद्धा ज्योत्स्ना_इव शशि.मण्डलात् ।
zItA samarasA zuddhA jyotsnA_iva zazi.maNDalAt |
viveka.kaNikAm zrutvA bhavata:_hRdayAt_iyam ||3|82|5||
vivekina: jagat.pUjyA: sevyA: manye bhava.AdRzA: |
सत्सङ्गात् स.विकासा_अस्मि चन्द्रेण_इव कुमुद्वती ॥३।८२।६॥
satsaGgAt sa.vikAsA_asmi candreNa_iva kumudvatI ||3|82|6||
saurabham kusumAsaGgAt_eva satsaGgamAt_zubham |
वर्तते ह्य् अर्क.सम्पर्काद् विकासो ऽम्बु.रुहाम् इव ॥३।८२*।*७॥
vartate hi_arka.samparkAt_vikAsa:_ambu.ruhAm iva ||3|82|7||
महताम् एव सम्पर्कात् पुनर् दुःखम् न बाधते ।
mahatAm eva samparkAt puna:_du:kham na bAdhate |
ka:_hi dIpa.zikhA.hasta=tamasA paribhUyate ||3|82|8||
मया_इमौ जङ्गल.प्राप्तौ भवन्तौ भूमि.भास्करौ ।
mayA_imau jaGgala.prAptau bhavantau bhUmi.bhAskarau |
पूजनी याव् अतः शीघ्रम् ईहितम् कथ्यताम् शुभम् ॥३।८२।९॥
pUjanIyau_ata: zIghram Ihitam kathyatAm zubham ||3|82|9||
राजा_उवाच ।
rAjA_uvAca |
अस्मिञ् जनपदे रक्ष:कुल=कानन.मञ्जरि ।
asmin_janapade rakSa:kula=kAnana.maJjari |
जनस्य बाधते ऽत्यन्तम् सदा हृदय.शूलनम् ॥३।८२।१०॥
janasya bAdhate_atyantam sadA hRdaya.zUlanam ||3|82|10||
यतः सर्वा_एव जनता तप्ता दृढ.विषूचिका ।
yata: sarvA_eva janatA taptA dRDha.viSUcikA |
मण्डले ननु तेन_अहम् निर्गतो रात्रि.चर्यया ॥३।८२।११॥
maNDale nanu tena_aham nirgata:_rAtri.caryayA ||3|82|11||
zUla.Adi hRdaye nRNAm na zAmyati yat_auSadhai: |
ततो ऽहम् त्वद्.विध.प्रोक्त.मन्त्र.अर्थेन विनिर्गतः ॥३।८२।१२॥
tata:_aham tvat.vidha.prokta.mantra.arthena vi.nirgata: ||3|82|12||
tvAdRzasya ca lokasya mugdha.loka.abhighAtina: |
निग्रह.अर्थम् प्रवृत्त्तिर् मे सा च सम्पत्तिम् एत्य् अलम् ॥३।८२।१३॥
nigraha.artham pravRtti:_me sA ca sampattim eti_alam ||3|82|13||
etAvat_eva ca zubhe tvayA_aGgI.kriyatAm vaca: |
bhUya:_bhavatyA prANA: hi hiMsanIyA: na kasyacit ||3|82|14||
rAkSasI_uvAca |
बाढम् एवम् करो*म्य् *अद्य.प्रभृत्य्.अ.वितथम् प्रभो ।
bADham evam karomi_adya.prabhRti.a.vitatham prabho |
सत्यम् एव न किम्चिद्*धि हिंसनीयम् मया_अधुना ॥३।८२।१५॥
satyam eva na kim.cit*hi hiMsanIyam mayA_adhunA ||3|82|15||
राजा_उवाच ।
rAjA_uvAca |
यद्य्_एवम् फुल्ल.पद्म=अक्षी पर.देह=एक.भोजने ।
yadi_evam phulla.padma=akSI para.deha=eka.bhojane |
किम् स्याच्*छरीर.वृत्त्यै ते स्थिताया मत्.समीहिते ॥३।८२।१६॥
kim syAt*zarIra.vRttyai te sthitAyA mat.samIhite ||3|82|16||
rAkSasI_uvAca |
षड्भिर् मासैर् गिरौ राजन् प्रबुद्धा*या**H* समाधितः ।
SaDbhi:_mAsai:_girau, rAjan,_prabuddhAyA: samAdhita: |
ज्ञाता भोजन.सम्कल्पाद् भोजन.इच्छा_इयम् अद्य मे ॥३।८२।१७॥
jJAtA bhojana.samkalpAt_bhojana.icchA_iyam adya me ||3|82|17||
इदानीम् शिखरम् गत्वा तदेव ध्यान.निश्चला ।
idAnIm zikharam gatvA tat_eva dhyAna.nizcalA |
yAvat_iccham sukhena_Ase sa.jIvA zAla.bhaJjikA ||3|82|18||
आ.मृतीम् धरणाम् बद्ध्वा धारयामि शरीरकम् ।
A.mRtIm dharaNAm baddhvA dhArayAmi zarIrakam |
यथा.इच्छम् अथ कालेन त्यक्ष्यामि_इति मत्तिर् मम ॥३।८२।१९॥
yathA.iccham atha kAlena tyakSyAmi_iti mati:_mama ||3|82|19||
आ.शरीर=परित्यागम् इदानीम् न मया नृप ।
A.zarIra.parityAgam idAnIm na mayA nRpa |
hiMsanIyA: para.prANA:_tena_idam mat.vaca: zRNu ||3|82|20||
himavAn_nAma zaila:_asti zarat.candra.aMzu=nirmala: |
य उत्तर.आशा.हृदये स्पृष्ट.पूर्व.अपर.अर्ण*व**H* ॥३।८२।२१॥
ya* uttara.AzA.hRdaye spRSTa.pUrva.apara.arNava: ||3|82|21||
tatra_aham nivasAmi_agre hema.zRGga.darI.gRhe |
आयसी मेघ.लेखा_इव कर्कटी.नाम राक्षसी ॥३।८२।२२॥
AyasI megha.lekhA_iva karkaTI.nAma rAkSasI ||3|82|22||
तपसा_उपार्जितो ब्रह्मा जनता.मरण.इच्छया ।
tapasA_upArjita:_brahmA janatA.maraNa.icchayA |
विषुचिका प्राण.हरा स्याम् सूच्यात्म् एति भो मया ॥३।८२।२३॥
viSucikA prANa.harA syAm sUcyAtm eti bho mayA ||3|82|23||
तस्मात् सम्प्राप्त.वरया बहून् वर्ष.गणान् मया ।
tasmAt samprApta.varayA bahUn varSa.gaNAn mayA |
bhuktA viSucikAtvena janatA jIva.bAdhanai: ||3|82|24||
"त्वया न गुणिने हिंस्या*" इति मे ब्रह्मणा ततः ।
"tvayA na guNine hiMsyA:" iti me brahmaNA tata: |
नियम.अर्थम् महामन्त्रः_तद् आयत्ता_अस्मि संस्थिता ॥३।८२।२५॥
niyama.artham mahA.mantra:_tat_AyattA_asmi saMsthitA ||3|82|25||
सो ऽयम् प्रगृह्यताम् तेन सर्वम् हृदय.शूलनम् ।
sa:_ayam pragRhyatAm tena sarvam hRdaya.zUlanam |
शमम् एष्यति लोके ऽस्मात् का कथा मत्.कृते भ्रमे ॥३।८२।२६॥
zamam eSyati loke_asmAt kA kathA mat.kRte bhrame ||3|82|26||
वितता_एव_अस्मि हिम्सायाम् यत् पुरा हिम्सितम् मया ।
vitatA_eva_asmi himsAyAm yat purA himsitam mayA |
janasya hRdayam tena nADya:_vaidhuryam AgatA: ||3|82|27||
hiMsitvA rakta.mAmsAni saMtyaktA* ye mahAjanA: |
तेभ्यो विधुर.नाडीभ्यो ये जातास् ते ऽपि तादृशाः ॥३।८२।२८॥
tebhya:_vidhura.nADIbhya:_ye jAtA:_te_api tAdRzA: ||3|82|28||
rAjan, viSUcikA.mantra: sa:_ayam sampanna* eva te |
nahi sattvavatAm asti du:.sAdhyam iha kimcana ||3|82|29||
अतो दुर्नाडि.कोशेषु शूलानाम् परिशान्तये ।
ata:_dur.nADi.kozeSu zUlAnAm parizAntaye |
मन्त्रो यो ब्रह्मणा प्रोक्तो राजन् शीघ्रम् गृहाण तम् ॥३।८२।३०॥
mantra:_ya:_brahmaNA prokto,_rAjan,_zIghram gRhANa tam ||3|82|30||
वसिष्ठ उवाच ।
vasiSTha* uvAca |
आगच्छ निकटम् नद्या गच्छामस् तत्र भूमिप ।
Agaccha nikaTam nadyA gacchAma:_tatra bhUmipa |
स्वाचान्ताभ्याम् संयताभ्याम् भवद्भ्याम् सुमता ददे ॥३।८२।३१॥
svAcAntAbhyAm saMyatAbhyAm bhavadbhyAm sumatA dade ||3|82|31||
इति तस्याम् तदा रात्र्याम् राक्षसी.मन्त्रि.भूभृतः ।
iti tasyAm tadA rAtryAm rAkSasI.mantri.bhUbhRta: |
jagmu:_te sarita:_tiram mitha: samjAta.sauhRdA: ||3|82|32||
anvaya.vyatirekeNa rAkSasyA: sauhRdam tadA |
ज्ञात्वा स्थितौ तौ स्वाचान्ताव् उभाव् अन्ते_निवासिनौ ॥३।८२।३३॥
jJAtvA sthitau tau svAcAntau_ubhau_ante_nivAsinau ||3|82|33||
तया ब्रह्मा.उपदिष्टो ऽसौ ततस् ताभ्याम् यथाक्रमम् ।
tayA brahmA.upadiSTa:_asau tata:_tAbhyAm yathAkramam |
snehAt_viSUcikA.mantra: pradatta:_japa.siddhada: ||3|82|34||
ततः सम्जात.सौहार्दौ तौ विसृज्य निशाचरी ।
tata: samjAta.sauhArdau tau visRjya nizAcarI |
yadA gantum pravRttA_asau tadA rAjA_abravIt_vaca: ||3|82|35||
राजा_उवाच ।
rAjA_uvAca |
गुरुस् त्वम् नौ महादेहे वयस्या च सुनिर्वृता ।
guru:_tvam nau mahAdehe vayasyA ca sunirvRtA |
निमन्त्रय_आवहे यत्नाद् ग्रसाय तव सुन्दरि ॥३।८२।३६॥
nimantraya_Avahe yatnAt_grasAya tava sundari ||3|82|36||
न च_अस्मत् प्रणयम् प्रीता वितथी.कर्तुम् अर्हसि ।
na ca_asmat praNayam prItA vitathI.kartum arhasi |
सौहार्दम् सुजनानाम् हि दर्शनाद् एव वर्धते ॥३।८२।३७॥
sauhArdam sujanAnAm hi darzanAt_eva vardhate ||3|82|37||
लघु.सौभाग्य.संयुक्तम् कृत्वा_आकारम् मनोरमम् ।
laghu.saubhAgya.saMyuktam kRtvA_AkAram manoramam |
आगच्छ_अस्मद्.गृहम्, भद्र, तत्र तिष्ठ यथासुखम् ॥३।८२।३८॥
Agaccha_asmat.gRham, bhadra, tatra tiSTha yathAsukham ||3|82|38||
rAkSasI_uvAca |
मुग्ध.स्त्री.रूप.धारिण्ये दातुम् श*क्त**H*_असि भोजनम् ।
संतर्पयसि माम् केन राक्षस.आकार.धारिणीम् ॥३।८२।३९॥
mugdha.strI.rUpa.dhAriNye dAtum zakta:_asi bhojanam |
saMtarpayasi mAm kena rAkSasa.AkAra.dhAriNIm ||3|82|39||
रक्षो ऽन्नम् एव संतुष्ट्यै न सामान्य.जन.आशनम् ।
rakSa:_annam eva saMtuSTyai na sAmAnya.jana.Azanam |
पूर्व.सिद्ध.स्वभावो ऽयम् आ.देहम् न निवर्तते ॥३।८२।४०॥
pUrva.siddha.svabhAva:_ayam A.deham na nivartate ||3|82|40||
राजा_उवाच ।
rAjA_uvAca |
हेम.स्रग्.दाम.वलिता दिनानि कतिचिद् गृहे ।
hema.srak.dAma.valitA dinAni katicit_gRhe |
मम स्त्री.रूपिणी तिष्ठ यावद् इच्छम् अ.निन्दिते ॥३।८२।४१॥
mama strI.rUpiNI tiSTha yAvat_iccham a.nindite ||3|82|41||
tata:_duS.kRtina:_caurAn vadhyAn*zata.sahasraza: |
मण्डले*भ्य**H* समानीय ददे तुभ्यम् सु.भोजनम् ॥३।८२।४२॥
maNDalebhya: samAnIya dade tubhyam su.bhojanam ||3|82|42||
kAntA.rUpam parityajya gRhItvA rAkSasam vapu: |
AdAya vadhyAn*zataza: puruSAn*tAn su.saMcitAn ||3|82|43||
नयस्व हिमवच्*छृङ्गम् तत्र भुङ्क्ष्व यथासुखम् ।
nayasva himavat*zRGgam tatra bhuGkSva yathAsukham |
महाशनानाम् एकान्ते भोजनम् हि सुखायते ॥३।८२।४४॥
mahAzanAnAm ekAnte bhojanam hi sukhAyate ||3|82|44||
tRptA nidrAm manAk.kRtvA bhava bhUya: samAdhi.bhAk |
समाधि.विरता भूयो ऽप्य्_आगत्य पुनर् अन्यदा ॥३।८२।४५॥
samAdhi.viratA bhUya:_api_Agatya punar anyadA ||3|82|45||
na_iSyasi_anyAn vadhya.janAt hiMsA* na_eSAm ca dharmata: |
स्व.धर्मेण च हिंसा_एव महा.करुणाया समा ॥३।८२।४६॥
sva.dharmeNa ca hiMsA_eva mahA.karuNAyA samA ||3|82|46||
त्वम् सम्.एष्यसि च_अवश्यम् माम् समाधि.विरागिणी ।
tvam sam.eSyasi ca_avazyam mAm samAdhi.vi.rAgiNI |
असताम् अपि संरूढम् सौहार्दम् न निवर्तते ॥३।८२।४७॥
a.satAm api saMrUDham sauhArdam na nivartate ||3|82|47||
rAkSasI_uvAca |
युक्तमुक्तम् त्वया राजन् करो*म्य् *एवम् अहम् सुखे ।
yuktamuktam tvayA rAjan karomi_evam aham sukhe |
सौहार्देन प्रवृत्तस्य को वाक्यम् न_अभिनन्दति ॥३।८२।४८॥
sauhArdena pravRttasya ka:_vAkyam na_abhinandati ||3|82|48||
वसिष्ठ उवाच ।
vasiSTha* uvAca |
इत्य् उक्त्वा राक्षसी तत्र सम्पन्ना सु.विलासिनी ।
iti_uktvA rAkSasI tatra sampannA su.vilAsinI |
हार.केयुर.कटक.पट्ट.स्रग्दाम.धारिणी ॥३।८२।४९॥
hAra.keyura.kaTaka.paTTa.sragdAma.dhAriNI ||3|82|49||
"राजन्न् आगच्छ गच्छाम" इत्य् उक्त्वा भूप.मन्त्रिणौ ।
"rAjan_Agaccha gacchAma:" iti_uktvA bhUpa.mantriNau |
अग्रे गन्तुम् प्रवृत्तौ तौ रात्राव् अनुससार सा ॥३।८२।५०॥
agre gantum pravRttau tau rAtrau_anu.sasAra sA ||3|82|50||
अथ ते पार्थिव.गृहम् प्राप्य ताम् रजनीम् मिथH ।
atha te pArthiva.gRham prApya tAm rajanIm mitha: |
kathayA_eka.gRhe ramye kSapayAm.Asu:_AdRtA: ||3|82|51||
prabhAte_anta:pure tasthau purandhrI.jana.lIlayA |
राक्षसी मन्त्र.राजानौ स्व.व्यापारौ बभूव*तु**H* ॥३।८२।५२॥
rAkSasI mantra.rAjAnau sva.vyApArau babhUvatu: ||3|82|52||
ततो दिवस.षट्केन संचितानि मही.भृता ।
tata:_divasa.SaTkena saMcitAni mahI.bhRtA |
nRpa: para.purebhya:_api sva.maNDala.gaNAt tathA ||3|82|53||
त्रीणि वध्य.सहस्राणि तानि तस्यै तदा ददौ ।
trINi vadhya.sahasrANi tAni tasyai tadA dadau |
सा बभूव निशा काले सा_एव_उग्रा कृष्ण.राक्षसी ॥३।८२।५४॥
sA babhUva nizA kAle sA_eva_ugrA kRSNa.rAkSasI ||3|82|54||
तानि वध्य.सहस्राणि जग्राह भुज.मण्डले ।
tAni vadhya.sahasrANi jagrAha bhuja.maNDale |
धारानि.कर.जालानि मेघ.माला_इव कोटरे ॥३।८२।५५॥
dhArAni.kara.jAlAni megha.mAlA_iva koTare ||3|82|55||
ययौ राजानम् आपृच्छ्य तदेव हिमव च्* छिरः ।
yayau rAjAnam ApRcchya tadeva himavat_zira: |
दरिद्रा लब्ध.हेम_इव ग्रहेष्व्_उग्र.शरीरिणी ॥३।८२।५६॥
daridrA labdha.hema_iva graheSu_ugra.zarIriNI ||3|82|56||
तत्र तृप्ता भृशम् भुक्त्वा सुखम् सुप्त्वा दिन.त्रयम् ।
tatra tRptA bhRzam bhuktvA sukham suptvA dina.trayam |
AsIt prabodha.su.svasthA sA samAdhi.mati: puna: ||3|82|57||
paJcabhi:_vA caturbhi:_vA varSai: sA sam.prabudhyata |
tat_tata:_maNDalam yAti tena rAja.sabhA.jane ||3|82|58||
tatra vizrambha.garbhAbhi: kathAbhi: kam.cit_eva sA |
स्थित्वा कालम् गृहीत्वा तान् वध्यान् स्वास्पदम् एत्य् अथ ॥३।८२।५९॥
sthitvA kAlam gRhItvA tAn vadhyAn svAspadam eti_atha ||3|82|59||
jIvan.muktatayA_evam eva vipine sA_adya_api rakSa:_aGganA
तस्मिन् न_इव गिरौ स्थिता विचलित.ध्यान.एकतान.आशया ।
tasmin na_iva girau sthitA vicalita.dhyAna.ekatAna.AzayA |
tasmin rAjani zAntim Agatavati tyakta.eSaNena_AtmanA
तद् राष्ट्र.अधिप.सौहृदै: स्वक.वलान् आस्वादयन्ती चिरम् ॥३।८२।६०॥
tat_rASTra.adhipa.sauhRdai: svaka.valAn AsvAdayantI ciram ||3|82|60||
॥
.
.
*KARKATÎ*
*GOES TO COURT*
*VASISHTHA said—*
इति राज.मुखाच्*छ्रूत्वा कर्कटी वन.मर्कटी ।
iti rAja.mukhAt_zrUtvA karkaTI vana.markaTI |
अवबुद्ध.पदान्तम् स्वम् जहौ मत्सर.चापलम् ॥३।८२।१॥
avabuddha.padAntam svam jahau matsara.cApalam ||3|82|1||
.
*the craven crowish karkaTI*
*heard*
*these words*
*from the King's own mouth*
*and thought.about them on her way to end her greedy selfishness*
*.*
iti.*so/"thus" from/thru the **Râjâ.King.*mukha*.face/mouth.*At*
zrUtvA*.hvg.heard
**Karkatii* vana*.forest/woods.*markaTa*.monkey/ape.*I avabuddha*.learnt
(as skilfulness) *padAnta*.x.*m sva*.Ur.own.*m
##hA < *jahau*.let/go*
matsara*.greedy\angry.*cApala*.agitation\mobility.*m
.
*vlm.p.1. The silly Karkati of the forest, having heard the king’s speech,
pondered well the sense of the words and forsook her levity and malice.
karkaTI_. pondered well in herself the sense of the words, and forsook her
levity and malice.
sv._. became tranquil, and her demoniacal nature left her.
अ*न्त**H*शीतल.ताम् एत्य विश्रान्तिम् अप.तापताम् ।
anta:zItala.tAm etya vizrAntim apa.tApatAm |
prAptA prAvRT.mayUrI_iva sa.jyotsnena kumudvatI ||3|82|2||
.
*—Repose, the Heating.down—*
*like a thirsty peahen welcoming the Rains*
*or a pondful of lotuses touched by moonbeans*
*. *
anta:zItala.*innercold/cool*..tA.m etya. vizrAnti.m apatApa..tA.m prApta.A
sa=.jyotsna.ena kumud.vatI
.
*vlm.p.2 She found the coolness and tranquility of her heart after its
fervor was over, just like a peacock when the rains set in, or a lotus bed
at the rising of moonbeams.
tathA rAj*a.*girA tasyA: Ananda* udabhUt_bhRzam |
गर्भे ऽ*न्त**H* खे बलाका*या* रवेण_इव पयो मु*चः* ॥३।८२।३॥
garbhe_anta: khe balAkAyA: raveNa_iva vaya:_muca: ||3|82|3||
.
*in the sky*
*crying the freedom of a bird*
*.*
*so*
*it was*
*when the Royal Word brought her an abundant bellyful of Joy*
*.*
tathA. rAja.gir.A tasyA:. Ananda.* udabhUt. bhRza.m garbha.e_anta.: kha.e
balAka.AyA: rava.eNa iva. paya:.muca:
*vlm.p.3 The king’s words delighted her heart like the cries of cranes
flying in the sky gladden the passing clouds in the air.
अहो बत पवित्रा_इयम् भवतोर् भाति शेमुषी ।
aho bata pavitrA_iyam bhavato:_bhAti zemuSI |
अनस्तमित.सारेण प्रबोध.अर्केण भासिता ॥३।८२।४॥
an.astamita.sAreNa prabodha.arkeNa bhAsitA ||3|82|4||
.
*O*
*how*
*purifying it is*
*!*
*from Your Graces*
*there shines understanding of the unsetting Essence*
*uttered*
*by the Sun of Realization*
*.*
aho*.O/Ah.* bata*.Ah, yes *pavitra.*cleansing.purifying – *iyam*.f.
this.here.*
bhavat*.Your.Presence.Your.Grace.*o: bhAti*.shines/appears.* zemuSa*.x.*I
an.*.without/non.*astamita*.(sun)set/ceased. *sAra*.x.*eNa .
prabodha*.x.*arka*.x.*eNa bhAsita*.x.*A
*. *
*vlm.p.4 The rakshasi said, "O how brightly shines the pure light of your
understanding. It glows as serenely by its inner brilliance as it is
illuminated by the sun of intelligence.
.
regret) Alas! Ah! (of praise) Bravo! (of reproach) Fie! (of calling) Ho!
Halo! (of contempt) Pshaw! Often combined with other particles of similar
signification, as aho.dhik
. or dhig.aho
<https://www.sanskritdictionary.com/?q=dhig%20aho&iencoding=hk&lang=sans>.,
aho.bata
<https://www.sanskritdictionary.com/?q=aho%20bata&iencoding=hk&lang=sans> •
aho*.O/Ah.* +
#*bata *interj. of astonishment or regret (also batAre, aho bata, & ayi
bata) • bata*.Ah, yes* +
#pU #pava #*pavitra *n. instrument for cleansing, esp. filter, strainer,
#*iyam *f. this (here), this earth (pRthivI) +
#bhU #*bhavat, #bhavantI .*mfn. being, present • m.f, (nom. bhavAn, .vatI;
ladyship, you (lit. "the gentleman or lady present" • used respectfully for
the 2nd pers. pron., but properly with the 3rd and only exceptionally with
the 2nd pers. of the verb e.g. bhavAn dadAtu, "let your highness give" •
sometimes in pl. to express greater courtesy e.g. bhavanta: pramANam, "your
#zam #*zemuSI*.intelligence/intention. f. (fr. pf. p. of >zam)
#zemuSIka) +
ind. after sunset +
#sR *#sAra *.m.. course, motion (see pUrv*a.*s.) • stretching out,
*#*arka*.x.*eNa
#bhAsita*.*
शीता समरसा शुद्धा ज्योत्स्ना_इव शशि.मण्डलात् ।
zItA samarasA zuddhA jyotsnA_iva zazi.maNDalAt |
vivek*a.*kaNikAm zrutvA bhavata:_hRdayAt_iyam ||3|82|5||
.
*I am cool,*
*equable,*
*pure as the light of the Rabbit.in.the.Moon,*
*having heard this*
*Item of Discernment*
*from the heart of Your Beingnesses*
*. *
zIta*.x.*A samarasa*.x.*A zuddha*.x.*A jyotsnA*.x.* iva zazi*.x.*maNDala
*.x.*At viveka*.x.*kaNika*.x.*Am zrutvA*.x.* bhavata:*.x.* hRdaya*.x.*At
iyam.
*. *
*vlm.p.5 Hearing the elements of your reasoning, my heart is as gladdened
as when the earth is cooled by the serene beams of humid moonlight.
vivekina: jagat.pUjyA: sevyA: manye bhava.AdRzA: |
सत्सङ्गात् स.विकासा_अस्मि चन्द्रेण_इव कुमुद्वती ॥३।८२।६॥
satsaGgAt sa.vikAsA_asmi candreNa_iva kumudvatI ||3|82|6||
.
*is to be honored and served in the world*
*by the discerning,*
*—*
*or so*
*I*
*think*
*—*
*for thru such good company*
*I have been brought to blossom*
*as a white lotus is by the Royal Moon*
*.*
sa.vikAsa.A_asmi. candra.eNa iva *kumud*vatI
*. *
*vlm.p.6 Reasonable men like you are honored and venerated in the world,
and I am as delighted in your company as a lake of lotuses with full blown
buds under moonbeams.
saurabham kusumAsaGgAt_eva satsaGgamAt_zubham |
वर्तते ह्य् अर्क.सम्पर्काद् विकासो ऽम्बु.रुहाम् इव ॥३।८२।७॥
vartate hi_arka.samparkAt_vikAsa:_ambu.ruhAm iva ||3|82|7||
.
*fragrance comes from contact with the blossom,*
*so*
*good company brings blessing*
*&*
*contact with the sun*
*brings the lotus.bud into bloom*
*.*
saurabha*.x.*m kusuma*.x. *AsaGga*.x.*At/asaGga*.x.*At eva*.x.indeed *
satsaGga*.x.*.mAt*.x.* zubha*.x.*m vartate*.x.* hi*.x.* arka*.x.*samparka
*.x.*At vikAsa*.x.*: ambu*.x.*ruha*.x.*Am iv*a.like/as.if *
.
*vlm.7. The society of the virtuous, scatters its blessings, as a flower
garden spreads its fragrance all around.
महताम् एव सम्पर्कात् पुनर् दुःखम् न बाधते ।
mahatAm eva samparkAt puna:_du:kham na bAdhate |
को हि दीप.शिखा.हस्त=तमसा परिभूयते ॥३।८२।८॥
ka:_hi dIpa.zikhA.hasta=tamasA paribhUyate ||3|82|8||
.
*sorrow doesnt trouble you again*
*&*
*so*
*with your candle in my hand*
*the darkness*
*is*
*subdued*
*.*
mahataa.m eva*.indeed\only*/*very to* samparka.at punar.*again*
du:kha.m na*.no/not* baadhat.e kas.*?who/which* hi diipa.zikhaa.hasta=
tamas.*darkness/error*.A paribhuuyat.e
*. *
mahatA
samparka
du:kha
bAdhat.e
tamas
paribhUyat.e
*. *
*sv.8 6.8 One who enjoys the company of enlightened men does not suffer in
this world, even as one who holds a candle in his hand does not see
darkness anywhere.
*vlm.8. Society with the good and great, dispels all our woes; as a lamp in
the hand, disperses the surrounding darkness.
*jd. so getting the mere company of great ones, sorrow won't again trouble
you, for a candle in the hand overcomes the darkness.
मया_इमौ जङ्गल.प्राप्तौ भवन्तौ भूमि.भास्करौ ।
mayA_imau jaGgala.prAptau bhavantau bhUmi.bhAskarau |
पूजनीयाव् अतः शीघ्रम् ईहितम् कथ्यताम् शुभम् ॥३।८२।९॥
pUjanIyau_ata: zIghram Ihitam kathyatAm zubham ||3|82|9||
.
*jungle.caught Beingnesses*
*two suns over the land*
*are to be honored*
*so*
*quickly*
*tell me what you wish*
.
mayA.*w.me <http://w.me>.* imau.*these.two.* jaGgala*.x.*prApti*.x.*au
bhavan*.becoming.*tau bhUmi*.x.*bhAskara*.x.*u pUjanIya*.x.*u ata*.x.*:
zIghram*.x.* Ihita*.x.*m kathyatAm*.x.* zubham*.x.*
*. *
*vlm.9. I have fortunately obtained you as two great lights in this forest;
you both are entitled to my reverence here, and deign now to acquaint me,
with the good intent which has brought you hither.
अस्मिञ् जनपदे रक्ष:कुल=कानन.मञ्जरि ।
asmin_janapade rakSa:kula=kAnana.maJjari |
जनस्य बाधते ऽत्यन्तम् सदा हृदय.शूलनम् ॥३।८२।१०॥
janasya bAdhate_atyantam sadA hRdaya.zUlanam ||3|82|10||
.
*you*
*are a blossom in the forest of the rakSha.Demon tribe*
*for us*
*for there is*
*a serious problem for the people of my country,*
*a constant pain in the Heart*
*. *
asmin_janapade rakSa:kula=kAnana.maJjari janasya bAdhate_atyantam sadA
hRdaya.zUlanam
.
sv._. rheumatic heart troubles.
*vlm.p.10 The king answered, "O offspring of the savage race of rakshasas,
the people of this province are always afflicted in their hearts by a
certain evil.
यतः सर्वा_एव जनता तप्ता दृढ.विषूचिका ।
yata: sarvA_eva janatA taptA dRDha.viSUcikA |
मण्डले ननु तेन_अहम् निर्गतो रात्रि.चर्यया ॥३।८२।११॥
maNDale nanu tena_aham nirgata:_rAtri.caryayA ||3|82|11||
.
*this*
*Vishûchikâ.Plague*
*.*
*so*
*I've come on night patrol to deal with it*
*.*
yata: sarvA_eva janatA taptA dRDha.viSUcikA maNDale nanu tena_aham
nirgata:_rAtri.caryayA
*vlm.11. It is the obdurate disease of Vishuchi or cholic pain.. *sv.11 In
the country there is also an epidemic of cholera.
*vlm.p.11 It is the stubborn disease of choleric pain that troubles the
people of this part. Therefore I have come out with my guards to find her
out in my nightly rounds.
*VA. here, the king just states the disease, caused by viSUcika, or he
actually knows this is she, who stands in front? She did not introduce
herself? *AS. I don't think he knows any specific connection. .. As all the
people are upset with established disease in our neighborhood, I indeed
stepped out to move about at night (to investigate).
zUla.Adi hRdaye nRNAm na zAmyati yat_auSadhai: |
ततो ऽहम् त्वद्.विध.प्रोक्त.मन्त्र.अर्थेन विनिर्गतः ॥३।८२।१२॥
tata:_aham tvat.vidha.prokta.mantra.arthena vi.nirgata: ||3|82|12||
.
*in the heart of humans*
*cannot be staunched by herbs*
*then*
*am*
*I*
*—being a stand.in <http://stand.in> for a Spell—*
*come forth*
*.*
zUla.Adi hRdaye nRNAm na zAmyati yat_auSadhai: tata:_aham tvat.vidh*a.*prokt
*a.*mantra.arthena vi.nirgata:
*. *
*vlm.12. This cholic pain is not removed from the hearts of men by any
medicine, so I have come out in search of the mantra revealed to her for
its cure.
*vlm.p.12 No medicine removes this choleric pain from the hearts of men, so
I have come in search of the mantra revealed to her for its cure.
त्वादृशस्य च लोकस्य मुग्ध.लोक.अभिघातिनः ।
tvAdRzasya ca lokasya mugdha.loka.abhighAtina: |
निग्रह.अर्थम् प्रवृत्त्तिर् मे सा च सम्पत्तिम् एत्य् अलम् ॥३।८२।१३॥
nigraha.artham pravRtti:_me sA ca sampattim eti_alam ||3|82|13||
.
*people like U*
*prey on the innocent*
*and*
*my job is to put you under lock and key*
*&*
*that's what I'm about to do*
*!*
*of/for* tvAdRz*.x.*asya.*his/its.* ca*.and/also *loka*.world\people.*sya
mugdha*.x.*loka*.world\people.*abhighAti*.x.*na: nigraha*.x.*artha*.x.*m
pravRtti.: me*.me/my* sA*.she\it.* ca*.and/also *sampatti*.x.*m eti*.x.*
alam*.enuf/sufficient*
*. *
*vlm.p.13. It is my business and professed duty to persecute such wicked
beings as yourself who infest our ignorant subjects in this way. This is
all I have to tell you and do in this place.
*AS. I am ready to arrest (nigrahArtham pravRttir me) people like you who
murder innocent people, and it works well (sA ca sampattim eti alam as I am
about to grab you!)
एतावद् एव च शुभे त्वया_अङ्गी.क्रियताम् वचः ।
etAvat_eva ca zubhe tvayA_aGgI.kriyatAm vaca: |
bhUya:_bhavatyA prANA: hi hiMsanIyA: na kasyacit ||3|82|14||
.
*:*
*to have your word of agreement as to people's lives*
*—*
*no more,*
*Madam,*
*no more killing anyhow,*
*OK*
*?*
etAvat*.tis.much.* eva*.indeed.* ca*.and/also.* zubha*.good/auspicious.*e
tvayA*.w.you.* aGgI.*agree.*kriyatAm*.let hir do.* vac*.word/voice.*a:*.n..*
bhUya*.moreover/mostly.*:_bhavatyA*.Madam.* prANa*.Praana/air.*A: hi
*.ergo/indeed..x.* hiMsanIya*.to.be.hurt/killed.*A: na*.not *kasyacit
*.of/¿whoever.*
.
*sv.14 13.14 My humble submission to you is this: do not take the life of
any of my people.
*vlm.14. Therefore, O good lady! do thou promise to me in thy own words,
that thou shalt never injure any living being in future.
tvayA*.w.you.* aGgI.*agree.*kriyatAm*.let hir do.* vac*.word/voice.*a:*.n..*
bhUya*.moreover/mostly.*:_bhavatyA*.Madam.* prANa*.Praana/air.*A: hi
*.ergo/indeed..x.* hiMsanIya*.to.be.hurt/killed.*A: na*.not *kasyacit
*.of/¿whoever.*
*THE DEMONESS declared—*
बाढम् एवम् करो*म्य् *अद्य.प्रभृत्य्.अ.वितथम् प्रभो ।
bADham evam karomi_adya.prabhRti.a.vitatham prabho |
सत्यम् एव न किम्चिद्*धि हिंसनीयम् मया_अधुना ॥३।८२।१५॥
satyam eva na kim.cit*hi hiMsanIyam mayA_adhunA ||3|82|15||
.
*make this solemn pledge*
*:*
*from now on*
*henceforth without fail,*
*Lord,*
*I*
*will absolutely truly never kill*
*anything*
*at.all*
*!*
bADha.m evam. karomi. adya.prabhRt. *a.*vitatha.m prabho. satya.m eva. na.
*vlm.p.15 Hearing the elements of your reasoning, my heart is as gladdened
as when the earth is cooled by the serene beams of humid moonlight.
यद्य्_एवम् फुल्ल.पद्म=अक्षी पर.देह=एक.भोजने ।
yadi_evam phulla.padma=akSI para.deha=eka.bhojane |
किम् स्याच्*छरीर.वृत्त्यै ते स्थिताया मत्.समीहिते ॥३।८२।१६॥
kim syAt*zarIra.vRttyai te sthitAyA mat.samIhite ||3|82|16||
.
*if *
*this be so*
*then*
*tell me this*
*:*
*how will you get your living if you live according.with my wish*
*?*
yadi*_*evam phull*a.*padma=akSI par*a.*deha=ek*a.*bhojane |kim syAt_zarIr
*a.*vRttyai te sthitAyA mat.samIhite
.
*vlm.p.16 The king replied, "If that be so, you who lives on animal flesh,
tell me how can you support your body if you abstain from animal food?"
षड्भिर् मासैर् गिरौ राजन् प्रबुद्धा*या**H* समाधितः ।
SaDbhi:_mAsai:_girau, rAjan, prabuddhAyA: samAdhita: |
ज्ञाता भोजन.सम्कल्पाद् भोजन.इच्छा_इयम् अद्य मे ॥३।८२।१७॥
jJAtA bhojana.samkalpAt_bhojana.icchA_iyam adya me ||3|82|17||
.
*Your Majesty,*
*I arose from `samAdhi*
*as the Knower of the idea of eating*
*but*
*from now on the desire to eat is gone for me*
*.*
SaDbhi:_mAsai:_girau, rAjan,_prabuddhAyA: samAdhita: |
bhojana.icchA_iyam adya me
.
*vlm.17. The Rakshasi replied:..It is now passed six months, O prince! that
I have risen from my entranced meditation, and fostered my desire for food,
which I wholly renounce today.
इदानीम् शिखरम् गत्वा तदेव ध्यान.निश्चला ।
idAnIm zikharam gatvA tat_eva dhyAna.nizcalA |
yAvat_iccham sukhena_Ase sa.jIvA zAla.bhaJjikA ||3|82|18||
.
*having gone to the mountain*
*let*
*That*
*alone*
*be my firm meditation,*
*wherein I am as happy as I wish to be,*
*like a living statue*
*.*
idAnIm zikharam gatvA tat_eva dhyAn*a.*nizcalA yAvat_iccham sukhena_Ase
sa.jIvA zAl*a.*bhaJjikA
*. *
आ.मृतीम् धरणाम् बद्ध्वा धारयामि शरीरकम् ।
A.mRtIm dharaNAm baddhvA dhArayAmi zarIrakam |
यथा.इच्छम् अथ कालेन त्यक्ष्यामि_इति मत्तिर् मम ॥३।८२।१९॥
yathA.iccham atha kAlena tyakSyAmi_iti mati:_mama ||3|82|19||
.
support an embodiment *yathA iccham atha kAlena *as desired then thru
time *tyakSyAmi
iti matir mama *I'll let it go. such is my mind*
*. *
A.mRtIm dharaNAm baddhvA dhArayAmi zarIrakam |
yathA.iccham atha kAlena tyakSyAmi_iti mati:_mama
.
*vlm.19. I will restrain myself by unshaken meditation until my death, and
then I shall quit this body in its time with gladness. This is my
resolution.
*sv.19 16.20 Now, please tell me: how shall I recompense you for your
kindness and appease your hunger?"
zarIrakam *I support an embodiment *yathA iccham atha kAlena *as desired
then thru time *tyakSyAmi iti matir mama *I'll let it go. such is my mind. *
आ.शरीर=परित्यागम् इदानीम् न मया नृप ।
A.zarIra.parityAgam idAnIm na mayA nRpa |
hiMsanIyA: para.prANA:_tena_idam mat.vaca: zRNu ||3|82|20||
.
tena_idam mat*vaca: zRNu
*. *
*until I leave the body,*
*from.now.on, forever,*
*not by me,*
*Lord of the Earth,*
*will any harm be caused*
*to any breathing creature*
*.*
*these are the words I have to say*
*.*
*vlm._. you may rely assured upon my word.
*vlm.p.20 "I tell you now, O king, that until the end of this life and body
of mine, I shall no more take the life of any living being, and you may
rely assured upon my word.
himavAn_nAma zaila:_asti zarat.candra.aMzu=nirmala: |
य उत्तर.आशा.हृदये स्पृष्ट.पूर्व.अपर.अर्ण*व**H* ॥३।८२।२१॥
ya* uttara.AzA.hRdaye spRSTa.pUrva.apara.arNava: ||3|82|21||
.
*:*
*Mount Snowy,*
*spotless as an autumn.moon.beam*
*.*
*its range is in the heart of the Northern Quarter*
*and reaches the oceans on each side*
*.*
himavAn_nAma zaila:_asti zarat.candra.aMzu=nirmala: ya* uttara.AzA.hRdaye
spRSTa.pUrva.a.para.arNava:
.
*vlm.21. There is the mount Himalaya by name, standing in the heart of the
northern region, and stretching in one sweep, from the eastern to western
main.
tatra_aham nivasAmi_agre hema.zRGga.darI.gRhe |
आयसी मेघ.लेखा_इव कर्कटी.नाम राक्षसी ॥३।८२।२२॥
AyasI megha.lekhA_iva karkaTI.nAma rAkSasI ||3|82|22||
.
*on top of Old Snowy*
*I*
*dwell*
*in a cave cloven out.of the gold.laden peak*
*.*
*I am*
*a metal streak,*
*and*
*as an Ogress*
*they call me Crabby karkaTI*
*. *
tatra_aham nivasAmi_agre hem*a.*zRGg*a.*darI.gRhe AyasI megh*a.*lekhA_iva
karkaTI.nAma rAkSasI
*. *
*vlm.p.22 At first I lived there in a cave by its golden peak. I was in the
shape of an iron statue, and also like a cloud fragment, and I bore the
name of Karkati the Rakshasi.
तपसा_उपार्जितो ब्रह्मा जनता.मरण.इच्छया ।
tapasA_upArjita:_brahmA janatA.maraNa.icchayA |
विषुचिका प्राण.हरा स्याम् सूच्यात्म् एति भो मया ॥३।८२।२३॥
viSucikA prANa.harA syAm sUcyAtm eti bho mayA ||3|82|23||
.
*given*
*by brahmA the Immense*
*so wishing for the death of people*
*I am*
*vishUchikA*
*the life.destroyer*
*(as my `sUchI.Needle.self became for me)*
*.*
tapasA_upArjita:_brahmA janatA.maraNa.icchayA viSucikA prAN*a.*harA syAm
sUcyAtm eti bho mayA
*. *
*vlm.23. There I obtained the sight of Brahma by the austerityof my
devotion; and expressed my desire of killing mankind, in the shape of a
destructive needle.
तस्मात् सम्प्राप्त.वरया बहून् वर्ष.गणान् मया ।
भुक्ता विषुचिकात्वेन जनता जीव.बाध*नै**H* ॥३।८२।२४॥
bhuktA viSucikAtvena janatA jIva.bAdhanai: ||3|82|24||
.
*many cycles of seasons were enjoyed by my `vishuchikA.ness*
*afflicting many lives of the people*
*.*
tasmAt samprApta.varayA bahUn varSa.gaNAn mayA bhuktA viSucikAtvena
janatA jIva.bAdhanai:
.
*vlm.24. I obtained the boon accordingly, and passed a great many years in
the act of afflicting living brings, and feeding upon their entrails in the
form of the cholic pain.
*sv.24 From the creator BrahmA I obtained a boon, as a result of which I
became a needle (and also the cholera virus); as such I brought untold
misery to people.
"त्वया न गुणिने हिंस्या*" इति मे ब्रह्मणा ततः ।
"tvayA na guNine hiMsyA:" iti me brahmaNA tata: |
नियम.अर्थम् महामन्त्रः_तद् आयत्ता_अस्मि संस्थिता ॥३।८२।२५॥
niyama.artham mahA.mantra:_tat_AyattA_asmi saMsthitA ||3|82|25||
.
*so *brahmA told me then,*
*and so the control of my Great Spell*
*I came to understand*
*.*
"tvayA. na. guNi.ne hiMs.yA*" iti. me. brahmaNA. tata:. niyama.artha.m
mahA.mantra.: tat_AyattA_asmi saMsthitA
*vlm.25. I was then prohibited by Brahma to kill the learned, and was
instructed in the great mantra for my observance.
*sv.25 25.28 Brahma, however, also evolved a mantra by which alone I am
brought under control.
सो ऽयम् प्रगृह्यताम् तेन सर्वम् हृदय.शूलनम् ।
sa:_ayam pragRhyatAm tena sarvam hRdaya.zUlanam |
शमम् एष्यति लोके ऽस्मात् का कथा मत्.कृते भ्रमे ॥३।८२।२६॥
zamam eSyati loke_asmAt kA kathA mat.kRte bhrame ||3|82|26||
.
*you employ*
*something that brings to peace*
*every*
*affliction of the heart,*
*what could remain that you would call*
*trouble*
*that has been made by me*
*?*
sa:_ayam pragRhyatAm tena sarvam hRday*a.*zUlanam zamam eSyati loke_asmAt
kA kathA mat.kRte bhrame
*. *
*AS. That (mantra) should be taken up (sa: ayam pratigRhyatAm), by that.all
pain in the heart will subside in this world, what to talk of stupor caused
by me! .. In other words, the powerful mantra will cure everything,
including my doings!
*vlm.26. He then gave me the power of piercing the hearts of men, with some
other diseases which infest all mankind.
वितता_एव_अस्मि हिम्सायाम् यत् पुरा हिम्सितम् मया ।
vitatA_eva_asmi himsAyAm yat purA himsitam mayA |
janasya hRdayam tena nADya:_vaidhuryam AgatA: ||3|82|27||
.
*spread.about*
*doing my harm*
*and what has once been harmed by me,*
*the hearts of people,*
*thereby they get*
*constriction of the arteries*
*.*
vitatA_eva_asmi himsAyAm yat purA himsitam mayA janasya hRdayam tena
nADya:_vaidhuryam AgatA:
.
*vlm.27. I spread myself far and wide in my malice, and sucked the heart
blood of men, which dried up their veins and arteries; and emaciated their
bodies.
*VA. I was so spread out in my harming ways, harming people’s hearts and
causing channels (arteries) troubles. *AS. I have been involved with
extensive harm; due to the damage caused by me to the hearts of the people
in the past, their bodily channels (nADya: can be blood vessels or any
other channels in the body as seen elsewhere in this book) are without
control.
हिंसित्वा रक्त.माम्सानि संत्यक्ता ये महाजनाः ।
hiMsitvA rakta.mAmsAni saMtyaktA* ye mahAjanA: |
तेभ्यो विधुर.नाडीभ्यो ये जातास् ते ऽपि तादृशाः ॥३।८२।२८॥
tebhya:_vidhura.nADIbhya:_ye jAtA:_te_api tAdRzA: ||3|82|28||
.
*devouring red meat *
*which great people have forsaken *
*saMt*yaktA: ye mahAjanA:
tebhya: *thru them *
vidhur*a.*nADIbhya:
ye jAtAs te_api tAdRzA:
*vlm.28. Those whom I left alive after devouring their flesh and blood,
they begat a race as lean and veinless as they had become themselves.
• depressed, dejected (vidhuram ind.) • adverse, unfavourable, hostile • m.
a widower • n. calamity, distress. *y1027.041
राजन्, विषूचिका.मन्त्रः सो ऽयम् सम्पन्न एव ते ।
rAjan, viSUcikA.mantra: sa:_ayam sampanna* eva te |
nahi sattvavatAm asti du:.sAdhyam iha kimcana ||3|82|29||
.
*rAjA*
*this.here *viShUchikA.mantra*
*once it is got by you*
*there is nothing in the world too* *hard for you to get here anyhow*
*.*
*rAjA,*
*once this viShUchikA spell has been received by you*
*there is nothing good whatever that is hard to attain*
*.*
rAjan, viSUcikA.mantra: sa:_ayam sampanna* eva te nahi sattvavatAm asti
du:.sAdhyam iha kim.cana
.
*vlm.p.29 "You will be successful, O happy king, in getting the mantra for
driving away cholera pain, because there is nothing impossible that the
wise and strong cannot attain.
अतो दुर्नाडि.कोशेषु शूलानाम् परिशान्तये ।
ata:_dur.nADi.kozeSu zUlAnAm parizAntaye |
मन्त्रो यो ब्रह्मणा प्रोक्तो राजन् शीघ्रम् गृहाण तम् ॥३।८२।३०॥
mantra:_ya:_brahmaNA prokta:,_rAjan,_zIghram gRhANa tam ||3|82|30||
.
*take it,*
*Your Majesty,*
*this mantra which was uttered by brahmA*
*to relieve the pain of swollen arteries*
*.*
*Your Majesty,*
*take it for your own*
*!*
ata:_dur.nADi.kozeSu zUlAnAm pari.zAntaye mantra:_ya:_brahmaNA prokto rAjan
zIghram gRhANa tam
.
*vlm.p.30 Receive immediately, O king, the mantra that brahma uttered to
remove choleric pain from the cells of arteries weakened by cholera.
आगच्छ निकटम् नद्या गच्छामस् तत्र भूमिप ।
Agaccha nikaTam nadyA gacchAma:_tatra bhUmipa |
स्वाचान्ताभ्याम् संयताभ्याम् भवद्भ्याम् सुमता ददे ॥३।८२।३१॥
svAcAntAbhyAm saMyatAbhyAm bhavadbhyAm sumatA dade ||3|82|31||
.
*.*
*let's go down there by the river,*
*EarthLord,*
*and we'll bathe together,*
*Your Graces,*
*and I'll gladly give it to you*
*.*
Agaccha nikaTam nadyA gacchAma:_tatra bhUmipa svAcAntAbhyAm saMyatAbhyAm
bhavadbhyAm sumatA dade
*vlm.31. Now advance towards me, and let us go to the neighbouring river;
and there initiate you with the mantra, after you both are prepared to
receive it by your ablution and purification.
*AS. Come, let us go to the river, there, O King to you two honorable ones
bhavadbhyAm) who have done the proper ablution (Acamana thus
इति तस्याम् तदा रात्र्याम् राक्षसी.मन्त्रि.भूभृतः ।
iti tasyAm tadA rAtryAm rAkSasI.mantri.bhUbhRta: |
jagmu:_te sarita:_tiram mitha: samjAta.sauhRdA: ||3|82|32||
.
*then*
*that very night*
*they came*
*—the Demoness, the Minister, His Majesty the Bearer of the Earth—*
*together*
*on a riverbank*
*like a meeting of old friends*
*.*
iti tasyAm tadA rAtryAm rAkSasI.mantri.bhUbhRta: jagmu:_te sarita:_tiram
*. *
*vlm.p.32 Vasishtha said:— Then the rakshasi proceeded to the river side
that very night accompanied by the king and his minister, all joined
together as friends.
anvaya.vyatirekeNa rAkSasyA: sauhRdam tadA |
ज्ञात्वा स्थितौ तौ स्वाचान्ताव् उभाव् अन्ते_निवासिनौ ॥३।८२।३३॥
jJAtvA sthitau tau svAcAntau_ubhau_ante_nivAsinau ||3|82|33||
.
ubhau_ante_nivAsinau
*. *
*so then,*
*having considered the pros and cons of the Demoness's friendship,*
*the two remained nearby,*
*making their ablutions*
*.*
*vlm.p.33 These two men, being sure of the rakshasi’s friendship by both
affirmative and negative proofs, made their ablutions and stood on the
river bank.
तया ब्रह्मा.उपदिष्टो ऽसौ ततस् ताभ्याम् यथाक्रमम् ।
tayA brahmA.upadiSTa:_asau tata:_tAbhyAm yathAkramam |
snehAt_viSUcikA.mantra: pradatta:_japa.siddhada: ||3|82|34||
.
*this mantra*
*(taught by brahmA to her)*
*to them,*
*each in turn according.with.rank*
*.*
*lovingly*
*the vishUchikA.mantra was bestowed on them,*
*to be empowered by repetition*
.
tayA brahmA.upadiSTa:_asau tata:_tAbhyAm yathAkramam
snehAt_viSUcikA.mantra:
pradatta:_japa.siddhada:
*vlm.p.34 Then the rakshasi tenderly told them the mantra that brahma had
revealed to her to remove cholera pain, and which was always successful.
ततः सम्जात.सौहार्दौ तौ विसृज्य निशाचरी ।
यदा गन्तुम् प्रवृत्ता_असौ तदा राजा_अब्रवीद् व*चः* ॥३।८२।३५॥
yadA gantum pravRttA_asau tadA rAjA_abravIt_vaca: ||3|82|35||
.
tadA rAjA_abravIt_vaca:
.
*next thing,*
*that old NightRover tried to slip away from the two friends*
*.*
*but they stopped her*
*.*
*vlm.p.35 Afterwards as the nocturnal fiend was about to depart and leave
her friendly companions behind, the king stopped her with his speech.
गुरुस् त्वम् नौ महादेहे वयस्या च सुनिर्वृता ।
guru:_tvam nau mahAdehe vayasyA ca sunirvRtA |
निमन्त्रय_आवहे यत्नाद् ग्रसाय तव सुन्दरि ॥३।८२।३६॥
nimantraya_Avahe yatnAt_grasAya tava sundari ||3|82|36||
.
vayasyA ca su.nirvRtA nimantrayAvahe yatnAt grasAya tava sundari
*vlm. O you of gigantic stature! you have become our preceptor by your
teaching us the mantra, we invite you with affection, to take your repast
with us tonight.
*sv.36 The grateful KING said to karkaTI: "O kind lady, now you have become
my guru and friend.
न च_अस्मत् प्रणयम् प्रीता वितथी.कर्तुम् अर्हसि ।
na ca_asmat praNayam prItA vitathI.kartum arhasi |
सौहार्दम् सुजनानाम् हि दर्शनाद् एव वर्धते ॥३।८२।३७॥
sauhArdam sujanAnAm hi darzanAt_eva vardhate ||3|82|37||
.
*dear girl,*
*you*
*shouldn't ever let it go.to.waste*
*.*
*the friendship of good hearts grows with familiarity*
*.*
na ca_asmat praNayam prItA vitathI.kartum arhasi sauhArdam sujanAnAm hi
darzanAt_eva vardhate
*vlm.p.37 It does not become you to break off our friendship which has
grown at our very first meeting like the acquaintance of good people.
*AS. You, who are pleased (prItA) should not make (na arhasi) our love for
you (asmat.praNayam) go to waste (vitathIkartum).
लघु.सौभाग्य.संयुक्तम् कृत्वा_आकारम् मनोरमम् ।
आगच्छ_अस्मद्.गृहम्, भद्र, तत्र तिष्ठ यथासुखम् ॥३।८२।३८॥
Agaccha_asmat.gRham, bhadra, tatra tiSTha yathAsukham ||3|82|38||
.
*more beautiful*
*come to our House, dear girl, and stay as long as you please*
*. *
laghu*.x.*saubhAgya*.x.*saMyukta*.x.*m kRtvA*.x.* AkAra*.x.*m manorama*.x.*m
Agaccha*.x.* asmat*.this *gRha*.x.*m bhadra*.x.* tatra*.x.* tiSTha
*.rest/stay.* yathAsukham*.however.pleasing.*
.
*vlm.p.38 Give your ill.favored form a little more graceful figure and walk
with us to our home and stay there at your own pleasure."
मुग्ध.स्त्री.रूप.धारिण्ये दातुम् श*क्त**H*_असि भोजनम् ।
mugdh*a.*strI.rUp*a.*dhAriNye dAtum zakta:_asi bhojanam |
संतर्पयसि माम् केन राक्षस.आकार.धारिणीम् ॥३।८२।३९॥
.
*so*
*if I looked like one of your pleasure girls,*
*you could give me a proper feast*
*.*
*but*
*how can you satisfy me,*
*when I am in the body of a Demoness*
*?*
mugdha.strI.rUpa.dhAriNye dAtum zakta:_asi bhojanam | saMtarpayasi mAm kena
rAkSasa.AkAra.dhAriNIm
.
mugdha.strI.rUpa.dhAriNye
dAtum zakta:_asi bhojanam |
saMtarpayasi mAm kena
rAkSasa.AkAra.dhAriNIm
.
*vlm.p.39 The rakshasi replied, "You can well provide a female of your own
kind with her proper food, but what entertainment can you give to my
satisfaction? I am a cannibal by nature!
रक्षो ऽन्नम् एव संतुष्ट्यै न सामान्य.जन.आशनम् ।
rakSa:_annam eva saMtuSTyai na sAmAnya.jana.Azanam |
पूर्व.सिद्ध.स्वभावो ऽयम् आ.देहम् न निवर्तते ॥३।८२।४०॥
pUrva.siddha.svabhAva:_ayam A.deham na nivartate ||3|82|40||
.
pUrv*a.*siddh*a.*svabhAva:_ayam
A.deham na nivartate
*. *
rakSas.annam eva saMtuSTyai na sAmAny*a.*jana.azanam
pUrv*a.*siddh*a.*svabhAva:_ayam
*vlm.40. It is the food of a giant (Rakshasa) alone, that can yield me
satisfaction, and not the little morsel of petty mortals; this is the
innate nature of our being, and can not be done away with as long as we
carry with us our present bodies.
*sv.40 39.47 You need not afflict good people at.all. But I shall feed you
with sinners and thieves."
हेम.स्रग्.दाम.वलिता दिनानि कतिचिद् गृहे ।
hema.srak.dAma.valitA dinAni katicit_gRhe |
मम स्त्री.रूपिणी तिष्ठ यावद् इच्छम् अ.निन्दिते ॥३।८२।४१॥
mama strI.rUpiNI tiSTha yAvat_iccham a.nindite ||3|82|41||
.
yAvat_iccham anindite
*. *
*adorned with golden garlands*
*for a little while*
*abide in my palace,*
*in your female form*
*as long as you wish, blameless lady*
*.*
*vlm.p.41 The king answered, "Ornamented with necklaces of gold, you shall
be at liberty to remain with the ladies in my house for as many days as you
may like to stay.
tata:_duS.kRtina:_caurAn vadhyAn*zat*a.*sahasraza: |
मण्डले*भ्य**H* समानीय ददे तुभ्यम् सु.भोजनम् ॥३।८२।४२॥
maNDalebhya: samAnIya dade tubhyam su.bhojanam ||3|82|42||
.
*waiting to be condemned for their evil.doing,*
*by the hundred thousand*
*.*
*I*
*will round them up*
*out.of my provinces.*
*they will make a special feast for you*
*!*
tata:*.therefore/from.that.* duSkRti*.ill.doing/wickedness.*na: caura
*.thief.*An vadhya*.to.be.killed.*At zata*.hundred.*sahasra*.thousand.*zas
*.x.* maNDala*.territory/sphere.*ebhya: samAnIya*.bringing.back.*
dade.*I.he/give.gave
*tubhyam*.to/for.you.* su.*.x.*bhojana.*eating/enjoying.*m
*. *
*vlm.p.42 Then, for your food, I will produce the robbers and felons that I
seize in my territories. You will have them supplied to you constantly by
the hundreds and thousands.
*.thief.*An vadhya*.to.be.killed.*At zata*.hundred.*sahasra*.thousand.*zas
*.x.* maNDala*.territory/sphere.*ebhya: samAnIya*.bringing.back.*
dade.*I.he/give.gave
*tubhyam*.to/for.you.* su.*.x.*bhojana.*eating/enjoying.*m
कान्ता.रूपम् परित्यज्य गृहीत्वा राक्षसम् व*पु**H* ।
kAntA.rUpam parityajya gRhItvA rAkSasam vapu: |
AdAya vadhyAn*zataza: puruSAn*tAn su.saMcitAn ||3|82|43||
.
*you can forgo your lovelier form*
*&*
*take your Demoness body*
*:*
*you can eat*
*condemned men*
*by the hundred.in <http://hundred.in>.a.bunch*
*!*
kAntA*.x.*rUpa*.x.*m parityajya*.xx *gRhItvA*.x.* rAkSasa*.x.*m vapu*.x.*:
AdAya*.x.* vadhya*.x.*An zata*.x.*za:*.x.* puruSa*.x.*An tAn*.x.* su*.x.*
saMcita*.x.*An
.
*vlm.p.43 Then you can then forsake your attractive form, resume your
hideous rakshasi figure, and kill hundreds of those lawless men for your
food.
नयस्व हिमवच्*छृङ्गम् तत्र भुङ्क्ष्व यथासुखम् ।
nayasva himavat*zRGgam tatra bhuGkSva yathAsukham |
महाशनानाम् एकान्ते भोजनम् हि सुखायते ॥३।८२।४४॥
mahAzanAnAm ekAnte bhojanam hi sukhAyate ||3|82|44||
.
*.mountain/peak.*m tatra*.there/then *bhuGkSva*.xx *yathAsukham*.as.pleasing
*mahAzanAna*.x.*Am ekAna*.x.*te bhojana*.x.*m hi*.ergo/indeed *sukhAya*.x.*te
*. *
*take them all to*
*some mountaintop somewhere*
*&*
*when you get there,*
*you can feast on them as you wish*
*: *
*when it comes to your kind of feasting,*
*it's more congenial to dine alone*
*.*
*vlm.p.44 Take them to the top of the snowy mountain and devour them at
your pleasure. Great men always like to take their meals in privacy."
tRptA nidrAm manAk.kRtvA bhava bhUya: samAdhi.bhAk |
समाधि.विरता भूयो ऽप्य्_आगत्य पुनर् अन्यदा ॥३।८२।४५॥
samAdhi.viratA bhUya:_api_Agatya punar anyadA ||3|82|45||
.
*and take a little rest*
*you can again enjoy samAdhi;*
*if not engaged in samAdhi*
*you can return to eat some more*
*.*
v.tRpta*.x.*A nidrA*.x.*m manAk*.x.*kRtvA*.xx *bhava*.xx *bhUya
*.moreover/mostly.*: samAdhi*.x.*bhAk*.x.* samAdhi*.x.*virata*.x.*A bhUya
*.moreover/mostly.*: api*.xx .*
Agatya*.xx *punar*.x. *anyadA*.x.*
*. *
*vlm.p.45 "After your recreation with that food and a short nap, you can
resume your meditation. When you are tired with your meditation, you can
come back to this place.
न_इष्यस्य् अन्यान् वध्य.जनाद् हिंसा न_एषाम् च धर्मतः ।
na_iSyasi_anyAn vadhya.janAt hiMsA* na_eSAm ca dharmata: |
स्व.धर्मेण च हिंसा_एव महा.करुणाया समा ॥३।८२।४६॥
sva.dharmeNa ca hiMsA_eva mahA.karuNAyA samA ||3|82|46||
.
*tho killing them is lawful*
*since by your own dharma*
*killing them is a great mercy*
*..*
na_iSyasi_anyAn_vadhy*a.*janAt hiMsA* na_eSAm ca dharmata: sva.dharmeNa ca
hiMsA_eva mahA.karuNAyA samA
*. *
#eSa / #ayam *eSAm acc. "her" / gen. "their".
*vlm. You can then take the other offenders for your slaughter; because the
killing of culprits is not only justifiable by law, but it amounts to an
act of mercy, to rid them (of their punishment in the next world).
*: *
*in the middle of a lampoon, *
*not an ethics lesson. *
त्वम् सम्.एष्यसि च_अवश्यम् माम् समाधि.विरागिणी ।
tvam sam.eSyasi ca_avazyam mAm samAdhi.vi.rAgiNI |
असताम् अपि संरूढम् सौहार्दम् न निवर्तते ॥३।८२।४७॥
a.satAm api saMrUDham sauhArdam na nivartate ||3|82|47||
.
tvam sam.eSyasi ca_avazyam mAm samAdhi.vi.rAgiNI a.satAm api saMrUDham
sauhArdam na nivartate
*if so yet you will certainly return to me*
*when you have no taste for samAdhi*
*when the unreal bursts.forth, sprouting*
*:*
*for friendship does not turn.away*
*.*
*vlm.47. You must return to me when you are tired of your devotion; because
the friendship which is formed even with the wicked, is not easily done
away.
युक्तमुक्तम् त्वया राजन् करोम्य् एवम् अहम् सुखे ।
yuktamuktam tvayA rAjan karomi_evam aham sukhe |
सौहार्देन प्रवृत्तस्य को वाक्यम् न_अभिनन्दति ॥३।८२।४८॥
sauhArdena pravRttasya ka:_vAkyam na_abhinandati ||3|82|48||
.
*!*
*I'll do just as you say, gladly*
*—*
*for who does not welcome a word of promise given by a friend*
*?*
yukta*.fit/properly.*m ukta*.said.*m / yukta*.fit/proper..x.*mukta
*.freed/released.*m tvayA*.w.you *rAjan*.O.King/Your.Majesty.* karomi.
*I.do/make.* evam.*so *aham*.I *sukha.*pleasure\good.space
<http://good.space>.*e *with/by* sauhArda*.friendship.*ena *of/for*
pravRtta*.engaged.in/become
<http://engaged.in/become>.*sya ka.*¿who/what.**: *vAkya*.speech/saying.*m
na*.not *abhinand*.please/praise/desire.*ati.
*. *
*vlm.48 The rakshasi replied, "You have spoken well, king, and I will do as
you say. For who is there that will slight the words of the wise spoken to
him in the way of friendship?"
*.freed/released.*m tvayA*.w.you *rAjan*.O.King/Your.Majesty.* karomi.
*I.do/make.* evam.*so *aham*.I *sukha.*pleasure\good.space
<http://good.space>.*e *with/by* sauhArda*.friendship.*ena *of/for*
pravRtta*.engaged.in/become
<http://engaged.in/become>.*sya ka.*¿who/what.**: *vAkya*.speech/saying.*m
na*.not *abhinand*.please/praise/desire.*ati.
*VASISHTHA said—*
इत्य् उक्त्वा राक्षसी तत्र सम्पन्ना सु.विलासिनी ।
iti_uktvA rAkSasI tatra sampannA su.vilAsinI |
हार.केयुर.कटक.पट्ट.स्रग्दाम.धारिणी ॥३।८२।४९॥
hAra.keyura.kaTaka.paTTa.sragdAma.dhAriNI ||3|82|49||
.
*she dressed in an attractive way*
*with necklaces and bracelets and fine silken cloth and lace*
*.*
iti uktvA rAkSasI tatra sampannA su.vilAsinI |
hAra.keyura.kaTaka.paTTa.sragdAma.dhAriNI
.
iti_uktvA rAkSasI tatra
sampannA su.vilAsinI |
hAra.keyura.kaTaka.paTTa.sragdAma.dhAriNI
.
*VLMitra.p.49 Vasishtha said:—Saying so, the rakshasi assumed a graceful
form and wore necklaces and bracelets, and silken robes and laces.
"राजन्न् आगच्छ गच्छाम" इत्य् उक्त्वा भूप.मन्त्रिणौ ।
"rAjan_Agaccha gacchAma:" iti_uktvA bhUpa.mantriNau |
अग्रे गन्तुम् प्रवृत्तौ तौ रात्राव् अनुससार सा ॥३।८२।५०॥
agre gantum pravRttau tau rAtrau_anu.sasAra sA ||3|82|50||
.
*"Come, let us go, Your Majestiy!"*
*&*
*the King and he set.forth*
*ahead*
*&*
*she*
*followed them, after, in the dark*
*.*
"rAjan*.x.* Agaccha*.x.* gacchAmaH*.x.* iti*.x.* uktvA*.x.* bhUpa*.x.*mantri
*.x.*Nau | agra*.x.*e gantum*.x.* pravRtti*.x.*au tau*.x.* rAtri*.x.*au anu.
*.x.*sasAra*.x.* sA.*she *
*. *
*vlm.50. She said, "Well raja, let us go together" and then, followed the
footsteps of the prince and his counsellor, who walked before her and led
the way.
*AS. She said: "Come O King". The King and the Minister (bhUpamantriNau),
having said "O.K., let's go (gacchAmaH)", started walking ahead (agre
gantum pravRttau) and in the night (rAtrau) she followed them (sA anusasAra
tau). * The words "rAjan AgacCha" use a singular address, and thus she
invited just the King to come along (AgacCha). The uktvA is the preceding
action to gantum pravRttau. The grammar requires that the subject of the
action represented by uktvA should be the same as that of gantum pravRttau
and this is clearly in dual, so the King and the minister are the joint
subject in dual number. Hence the speech "gacChAmaH" (which invites all
three to go, being plural) must be attributed to the King and the minister
and not to karkaTI.
atha te pArthiva.gRham prApya tAm rajanIm mitha: |
kathayA_eka.gRhe ramye kSapayAm.Asu:_AdRtA: ||3|82|51||
.
rajanI*.x.*m mith*a.*:*.x.* kathayA*.x.* eka*.one.*gRha*.x.*e ramya*.x.*e
kSapay*.x.*Am*.x.*Asu:.:*xx.* AdRta*.x.*A:
*. *
*and so they,*
*having reached the royal palace,*
*they spent the night in the company of a queen in talk*
*with all its proper pleasantries*
*.*
*AS. The words are: kSapayA Sasu: (spent or literally reduced the night to
nothing) with great respect or attention to each other (AdRtAH). This is a
common way to use AdRtA: thinking highly of each other!
*jd. in KG ed., both text and ABComm. have kSapayAm. One MW reading has
s.s. lv, 154 ; cI, 84.
*vlm.p.51 Having arrived at the royal residence, they passed that night
with their agreeable meal and discourse together.
prabhAte_anta:pure tasthau purandhrI.jana.lIlayA |
राक्षसी मन्त्र.राजानौ स्व.व्यापारौ बभूव*तु**H* ॥३।८२।५२॥
rAkSasI mantra.rAjAnau sva.vyApArau babhUvatu: ||3|82|52||
.
*came to the Inner City,*
*where she was playing.at <http://playing.at> Being.a.Lady*
*(altho a Demoness)*
*.*
*then*
*she, the Minister, and King,*
*pursued their private businesses*
*.*
prabhAte_anta:pure tasthau purandhrI.jan*a.*lIlayA rAkSasI mantr*a.*rAjAnau
sv*a.*vyApArau babhUvatu:
.
*vlm.52. As it became morning, the Rakshasi went inside the house, and
there remained with the women; while the prince and the minister attended
to their business.
*sv.52 49.52 She became a charming young woman and accompanied the king to
live as his guest.
*AS._. she played a woman in the house and they went about their routine
business.
ततो दिवस.षट्केन संचितानि मही.भृता ।
नृप: पर.पुरे*भ्यो **'**पि* स्व.मण्डल.गणात् तथा ॥३।८२।५३॥
nRpa: par*a.*purebhya:_api sv*a.*maNDal*a.*gaNAt tathA ||3|82|53||
.
*then,*
*in the following six days,*
*the EarthLord called a Gathering*
*—*
*from other cities*
*as.well.as <http://as.well.as>*
*from Royal City*
*..*
tata:_divas*a.*SaTkena saMcitAni mahI.bhRtA nRpa: par*a.*purebhy*a:_*api sv
*a.*maNDal*a.*gaNAt tathA
*. *
*vlm.p.53 Over the course of six days, the king collected together all the
offenders he had seized in his territory and from other parts.
त्रीणि वध्य.सहस्राणि तानि तस्यै तदा ददौ ।
सा बभूव निशा काले सा_एव_उग्रा कृष्ण.राक्षसी ॥३।८२।५४॥
sA babhUva nizA kAle sA_eva_ugrA kRSNa.rAkSasI ||3|82|54||
.
*were condemned to death*
*and all of them he gave to her*
*and she became in that night time*
*a very ugly BlackDemoness*
*.*
trINi vadhy*a.*sahasrANi tAni tasyai tadA dadau sA babhUva nizA kAle
sA_eva_ugrA kRSNa.rAkSasI
*. *
*jd. what a crime rate there must have been in this vicious monarchy!
*vlm.p.54 These amounted to three thousand heads which he gave to her. She
resumed her fierce dark form of the black fiend of the night.
तानि वध्य.सहस्राणि जग्राह भुज.मण्डले ।
tAni vadhya.sahasrANi jagrAha bhuja.maNDale |
धारानि.कर.जालानि मेघ.माला_इव कोटरे ॥३।८२।५५॥
dhArAni.kara.jAlAni megha.mAlA_iva koTare ||3|82|55||
.
*she held in her greedy hands*
*as a dark cloud holds its waterdrops*
*.*
*vlm.p.55 She laid hold of thousands of men in her extended grasp, like a
cloud fragment holds drops of rainwater in its wide bosom.
tAni vadhya.sahasrANi jagrAha bhuja.maNDale dhArAni.kara.jAlAni
megha.mAlA_iva koTare
ययौ राजानम् आपृच्छ्य तदेव हिमव च्* छिरः ।
yayau rAjAnam ApRcchya tadeva himavat_zira: |
दरिद्रा लब्ध.हेम_इव ग्रहेष्व्_उग्र.शरीरिणी ॥३।८२।५६॥
daridrA labdha.hema_iva graheSu_ugra.zarIriNI ||3|82|56||
.
*.*
*then*
*on a snowy mountain.top*
*like a pauper hoarding gold,*
*by what was in the grasp of her Ogress.body*
*..*
yayau rAjAnam ApRcchya tadeva himavat_zira: daridrA labdh*a.*hema_iva
graheSu_ugr*a.*zarIriNI
*.*
*vlm.p.56 She took leave of the king and went with her prey to the mountain
top, just like a poor man takes gold that he happened to find in some
hidden place.
तत्र तृप्ता भृशम् भुक्त्वा सुखम् सुप्त्वा दिन.त्रयम् ।
tatra tRptA bhRzam bhuktvA sukham suptvA dina.trayam |
आसीत् प्रबोध.सु.स्वस्था सा समाधि.मति: पुनः ॥३।८२।५७॥
AsIt prabodha.su.svasthA sA samAdhi.mati: puna: ||3|82|57||
.
..
*and there she took her rest for three full days*
*:*
*she became established in her awakening*
*and again entered samAdhi*
*.*
*vlm._. regaining the firmness of her understanding, she was employed in
her devotion.
*vlm.p.57 For three days and nights she refreshed herself with her food and
rested. Then regaining the firmness of her understanding, she employed
herself in meditation.
paJcabhi:_vA caturbhi:_vA varSai: sA sam.prabudhyata |
तत् ततो मण्डलम् याति तेन राज.सभा.जने ॥३।८२।५८॥
tat_tata:_maNDalam yAti tena rAja.sabhA.jane ||3|82|58||
.
*when five or six years passed *
*she awoke*
*. *
*at that time she went to the Palace*
*and she came before the Royal Assembly*
*.*
paJcabhi:_vA caturbhi:_vA varSai: sA sam.prabudhyata tat.tata:_maNDalam
yAti
tena rAja.sabhA.jane
*vlm.p.58 After four or five or sometimes seven years passed, she used to
get up from her tapas and return to where men live and to the court of the
king.
tatra vizrambh*a.*garbhAbhi: kathAbhi: kam.cit_eva sA |
स्थित्वा कालम् गृहीत्वा तान् वध्यान् स्वास्पदम् एत्य् अथ ॥३।८२।५९॥
sthitvA kAlam gRhItvA tAn vadhyAn svAspadam eti_atha ||3|82|59||
.
*—*
*but now it's time again for her to grasp*
*the doomed*
*and fix them properly*
*.*
tatra vizrambh*a.*garbhAbhi: kathAbhi: kam.cit_eva sA sthitvA kAlam gRhItvA
tAn vadhyAn svAspadam eti_atha
*. *
*vlm.p.59 There they passed some time in confidential conversation, then
she returned with her prey of the offenders to her mountain seat.
जीवन्.मुक्ततया_एवम् एव विपिने सा_अद्य_अपि रक्षो ऽङ्गना
jIvan.muktatayA_evam eva vipine sA_adya_api rakSa:_aGganA
तस्मिन् न_इव गिरौ स्थिता विचलित.ध्यान.एकतान.आशया ।
tasmin na_iva girau sthitA vicalita.dhyAna.ekatAna.AzayA |
तस्मिन् राजनि शान्तिम् आगतवति त्यक्त.एषणेन आत्मना
tasmin rAjani zAntim Agatavati tyakta.eSaNena_AtmanA
तद् राष्ट्र.अधिप.सौहृदै: स्वक.वलान् आस्वादयन्ती चिरम् ॥३।८२।६०॥
tat_rASTra.adhipa.sauhRdai: svaka.valAn AsvAdayantI ciram ||3|82|60||
.
*no longer as she had been on her mountain*
*in a thoughtless one-pointed state*
*when that rAjA came to peace*
*having forsaken his own desires*
*she*
*with her friends in government*
*dwelt in peasure for a very long time*
*.*
jIvan*.living.*muktatA*.Free.state.*ayA evam.*so *eva*.indeed *vipina
*.thicket/grove.*e sA*.she\it.* adya*.now *api*.even/tho *rakSa:*.demon.*
aGganA*.girl/woman *tasmin*.there/then *na*.not *iva-*like/as.if –* girau.
*on.mountain.*sthita*.situate/existent.*A vicalita.
*departed/deviated.from/troubled*.dhyAna*.meditation/thott.*ekatAna.*directed.to/fixed.on.one.thing\closely.attentive
<http://directed.to/fixed.on.one.thing\closely.attentive>.*Azaya.*abode.*A
tasmin*.there/then *
rAjani.*night to *zAnti*.peace.*m
*whin* Agata.*having.come.* vat.*like*.i tyakta.*abandoned by/with *eSaNa.
*impulse/desire.*ena AtmanA*.by/with.self *tat*.that.one *
rASTra*.region/people.*adhipa.*Overlord by/with *sauhRda.*from.a.friend.*i:
*thm* svaka*.own.things.*vala*.cave/cavern.*An
AsvAdayantI*.xx*
ciram*.for.long.*
.
*vlm.60. Thus freed from cares even in her lifetime, she continued to
remain as a liberated being in that mountain &c. &c.
*sv.60 58-60 After her meal she would often go into samAdhi for a few years
at a time, before returning to normal consciousness and normal life.
~*adhipa.*Overlord *
~*sauhRda.*from.a.friend*
~*vala*.cave/cavern*
~*AsvAdayantI
*o*ॐ*m*
*A Note on WORD FORMATION:*
<https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/yoga-vasishtha>
Complete YVFiles
https://www.dropbox.com/sh/jqx2zv9ekpnade9/ÂDi__P5w3QM0Y5kJANUFh.Ia?dl=0
<https://www.dropbox.com/sh/jqx2zv9ekpnade9/AADi__P5w3QM0Y5kJANUFh-Ia?dl=0>
next Canto:
FM3083 THE WORSHIP OF KANDARÂ THE DEEP .z11
https://www.dropbox.com/s/ufrpobw9ugm7hk6/fm3083%201.ag29%20THE%20WORSHIP%20OF%20kandarA%20THE%20DEEP%20.z11.docx?dl=0
santoSaH paramo lAbhaH satsaGgaH paramA gatiH |
vicAraH paramaM jJAnaM zamo hi paramaM sukham ||
सन्तोषः परमो लाभः सत्सङ्गः परमा गतिः।
विचारः परमं ज्ञानं शमो हि परमं सुखम्॥
Contentment is the highest gain, Good Company the highest course,
Enquiry the highest wisdom, and Peace the highest enjoyment.
-- Yoga Vasishtha
The complete YVFiles of this masterpiece can be found at
On Tue, Feb 9, 2021 at 7:13 PM Jiva Das <das....@gmail.com> wrote:
> FM.3.50-FM.3.99
>
>
> https://www.dropbox.com/s/vu9chd079ro6pck/fm3050%201.jl01-02%20FALL%20OF%20A%20KING%20.z50.docx?dl=0
>
> FM3082 KARKATI GOES TO COURT 1AG26-28 z.60
>
>
> https://www.dropbox.com/s/ppxawni83e5hh1f/fm3082%201ag26..28%20karkaTI%20GOES%20TO%20COURT%20.z60.docx?dl=0
>
>
>
>
>
> FM.3.82 KARKATI GOES TO COURT 1AG26-28
>
> सर्ग ३.८२
>
> वसिष्ठ उवाच ।
>
> vasiSTha* uvAca |
>
> इति राज.मुखाच्*छ्रूत्वा कर्कटी वन.मर्कटी ।
>
> iti rAja.mukhAt_zrUtvA karkaTI vana.markaTI |
>
> avabuddha.padAntam svam jahau matsara.cApalam ||3|82|1||
>
> anta:zItala.tAm etya vizrAntim apa.tApatAm |
>
> prAptA prAvRT.mayUrI_iva sa.jyotsnena kumudvatI ||3|82|2||
>
> तथा राज.गिरा तस्या आनन्द उदभूद् भृशम् ।
>
> tathA rAja.girA tasyA: Ananda* udabhUt_bhRzam |
>
> garbhe_anta: khe balAkAyA: raveNa_iva vaya:_muca: ||3|82|3||
>
> अहो बत पवित्रा_इयम् भवतोर् भाति शेमुषी ।
>
> aho bata pavitrA_iyam bhavato:_bhAti zemuSI |
>
> an.astamita.sAreNa prabodha.arkeNa bhAsitA ||3|82|4||
>
> शीता समरसा शुद्धा ज्योत्स्ना_इव शशि.मण्डलात् ।
>
> zItA samarasA zuddhA jyotsnA_iva zazi.maNDalAt |
>
> viveka.kaNikAm zrutvA bhavata:_hRdayAt_iyam ||3|82|5||
>
> vivekina: jagat.pUjyA: sevyA: manye bhava.AdRzA: |
>
> सत्सङ्गात् स.विकासा_अस्मि चन्द्रेण_इव कुमुद्वती ॥३।८२।६॥
>
> satsaGgAt sa.vikAsA_asmi candreNa_iva kumudvatI ||3|82|6||
>
>
> saurabham kusumAsaGgAt_eva satsaGgamAt_zubham |
>
> वर्तते ह्य् अर्क.सम्पर्काद् विकासो ऽम्बु.रुहाम् इव ॥३।८२*।*७॥
> vartate hi_arka.samparkAt_vikAsa:_ambu.ruhAm iva ||3|82|7||
>
> महताम् एव सम्पर्कात् पुनर् दुःखम् न बाधते ।
>
> mahatAm eva samparkAt puna:_du:kham na bAdhate |
>
> ka:_hi dIpa.zikhA.hasta=tamasA paribhUyate ||3|82|8||
>
> मया_इमौ जङ्गल.प्राप्तौ भवन्तौ भूमि.भास्करौ ।
>
> mayA_imau jaGgala.prAptau bhavantau bhUmi.bhAskarau |
>
> पूजनी याव् अतः शीघ्रम् ईहितम् कथ्यताम् शुभम् ॥३।८२।९॥
>
> pUjanIyau_ata: zIghram Ihitam kathyatAm zubham ||3|82|9||
>
> राजा_उवाच ।
>
> rAjA_uvAca |
>
> अस्मिञ् जनपदे रक्ष:कुल=कानन.मञ्जरि ।
>
> asmin_janapade rakSa:kula=kAnana.maJjari |
>
> जनस्य बाधते ऽत्यन्तम् सदा हृदय.शूलनम् ॥३।८२।१०॥
>
> janasya bAdhate_atyantam sadA hRdaya.zUlanam ||3|82|10||
>
> यतः सर्वा_एव जनता तप्ता दृढ.विषूचिका ।
>
> yata: sarvA_eva janatA taptA dRDha.viSUcikA |
>
> मण्डले ननु तेन_अहम् निर्गतो रात्रि.चर्यया ॥३।८२।११॥
>
> maNDale nanu tena_aham nirgata:_rAtri.caryayA ||3|82|11||
>
> zUla.Adi hRdaye nRNAm na zAmyati yat_auSadhai: |
>
> ततो ऽहम् त्वद्.विध.प्रोक्त.मन्त्र.अर्थेन विनिर्गतः ॥३।८२।१२॥
>
> tata:_aham tvat.vidha.prokta.mantra.arthena vi.nirgata: ||3|82|12||
>
> tvAdRzasya ca lokasya mugdha.loka.abhighAtina: |
>
> निग्रह.अर्थम् प्रवृत्त्तिर् मे सा च सम्पत्तिम् एत्य् अलम् ॥३।८२।१३॥
>
> nigraha.artham pravRtti:_me sA ca sampattim eti_alam ||3|82|13||
>
> etAvat_eva ca zubhe tvayA_aGgI.kriyatAm vaca: |
>
> bhUya:_bhavatyA prANA: hi hiMsanIyA: na kasyacit ||3|82|14||
>
>
> rAkSasI_uvAca |
>
> बाढम् एवम् करो*म्य् *अद्य.प्रभृत्य्.अ.वितथम् प्रभो ।
> bADham evam karomi_adya.prabhRti.a.vitatham prabho |
>
> सत्यम् एव न किम्चिद्*धि हिंसनीयम् मया_अधुना ॥३।८२।१५॥
>
> satyam eva na kim.cit*hi hiMsanIyam mayA_adhunA ||3|82|15||
>
> राजा_उवाच ।
>
> rAjA_uvAca |
>
> यद्य्_एवम् फुल्ल.पद्म=अक्षी पर.देह=एक.भोजने ।
>
> yadi_evam phulla.padma=akSI para.deha=eka.bhojane |
>
> किम् स्याच्*छरीर.वृत्त्यै ते स्थिताया मत्.समीहिते ॥३।८२।१६॥
>
> kim syAt*zarIra.vRttyai te sthitAyA mat.samIhite ||3|82|16||
>
>
> rAkSasI_uvAca |
>
> षड्भिर् मासैर् गिरौ राजन् प्रबुद्धा*या**H* समाधितः ।
> SaDbhi:_mAsai:_girau, rAjan,_prabuddhAyA: samAdhita: |
>
> ज्ञाता भोजन.सम्कल्पाद् भोजन.इच्छा_इयम् अद्य मे ॥३।८२।१७॥
>
> jJAtA bhojana.samkalpAt_bhojana.icchA_iyam adya me ||3|82|17||
>
> इदानीम् शिखरम् गत्वा तदेव ध्यान.निश्चला ।
>
> idAnIm zikharam gatvA tat_eva dhyAna.nizcalA |
>
> yAvat_iccham sukhena_Ase sa.jIvA zAla.bhaJjikA ||3|82|18||
>
> आ.मृतीम् धरणाम् बद्ध्वा धारयामि शरीरकम् ।
>
> A.mRtIm dharaNAm baddhvA dhArayAmi zarIrakam |
>
> यथा.इच्छम् अथ कालेन त्यक्ष्यामि_इति मत्तिर् मम ॥३।८२।१९॥
>
> yathA.iccham atha kAlena tyakSyAmi_iti mati:_mama ||3|82|19||
>
> आ.शरीर=परित्यागम् इदानीम् न मया नृप ।
>
> A.zarIra.parityAgam idAnIm na mayA nRpa |
>
> hiMsanIyA: para.prANA:_tena_idam mat.vaca: zRNu ||3|82|20||
>
>
> himavAn_nAma zaila:_asti zarat.candra.aMzu=nirmala: |
>
> य उत्तर.आशा.हृदये स्पृष्ट.पूर्व.अपर.अर्ण*व**H* ॥३।८२।२१॥
> ya* uttara.AzA.hRdaye spRSTa.pUrva.apara.arNava: ||3|82|21||
>
> tatra_aham nivasAmi_agre hema.zRGga.darI.gRhe |
>
> आयसी मेघ.लेखा_इव कर्कटी.नाम राक्षसी ॥३।८२।२२॥
>
> AyasI megha.lekhA_iva karkaTI.nAma rAkSasI ||3|82|22||
>
> तपसा_उपार्जितो ब्रह्मा जनता.मरण.इच्छया ।
>
> tapasA_upArjita:_brahmA janatA.maraNa.icchayA |
>
> विषुचिका प्राण.हरा स्याम् सूच्यात्म् एति भो मया ॥३।८२।२३॥
>
> viSucikA prANa.harA syAm sUcyAtm eti bho mayA ||3|82|23||
>
> तस्मात् सम्प्राप्त.वरया बहून् वर्ष.गणान् मया ।
>
> tasmAt samprApta.varayA bahUn varSa.gaNAn mayA |
>
> bhuktA viSucikAtvena janatA jIva.bAdhanai: ||3|82|24||
>
> "त्वया न गुणिने हिंस्या*" इति मे ब्रह्मणा ततः ।
>
> "tvayA na guNine hiMsyA:" iti me brahmaNA tata: |
>
> नियम.अर्थम् महामन्त्रः_तद् आयत्ता_अस्मि संस्थिता ॥३।८२।२५॥
>
> niyama.artham mahA.mantra:_tat_AyattA_asmi saMsthitA ||3|82|25||
>
> सो ऽयम् प्रगृह्यताम् तेन सर्वम् हृदय.शूलनम् ।
>
> sa:_ayam pragRhyatAm tena sarvam hRdaya.zUlanam |
>
> शमम् एष्यति लोके ऽस्मात् का कथा मत्.कृते भ्रमे ॥३।८२।२६॥
>
> zamam eSyati loke_asmAt kA kathA mat.kRte bhrame ||3|82|26||
>
> वितता_एव_अस्मि हिम्सायाम् यत् पुरा हिम्सितम् मया ।
>
> vitatA_eva_asmi himsAyAm yat purA himsitam mayA |
>
> janasya hRdayam tena nADya:_vaidhuryam AgatA: ||3|82|27||
>
> hiMsitvA rakta.mAmsAni saMtyaktA* ye mahAjanA: |
>
> तेभ्यो विधुर.नाडीभ्यो ये जातास् ते ऽपि तादृशाः ॥३।८२।२८॥
>
> tebhya:_vidhura.nADIbhya:_ye jAtA:_te_api tAdRzA: ||3|82|28||
>
> rAjan, viSUcikA.mantra: sa:_ayam sampanna* eva te |
>
> nahi sattvavatAm asti du:.sAdhyam iha kimcana ||3|82|29||
>
> अतो दुर्नाडि.कोशेषु शूलानाम् परिशान्तये ।
>
> ata:_dur.nADi.kozeSu zUlAnAm parizAntaye |
>
> मन्त्रो यो ब्रह्मणा प्रोक्तो राजन् शीघ्रम् गृहाण तम् ॥३।८२।३०॥
>
> mantra:_ya:_brahmaNA prokto,_rAjan,_zIghram gRhANa tam ||3|82|30||
>
> वसिष्ठ उवाच ।
>
> vasiSTha* uvAca |
>
> आगच्छ निकटम् नद्या गच्छामस् तत्र भूमिप ।
>
> Agaccha nikaTam nadyA gacchAma:_tatra bhUmipa |
>
> स्वाचान्ताभ्याम् संयताभ्याम् भवद्भ्याम् सुमता ददे ॥३।८२।३१॥
>
> svAcAntAbhyAm saMyatAbhyAm bhavadbhyAm sumatA dade ||3|82|31||
>
> इति तस्याम् तदा रात्र्याम् राक्षसी.मन्त्रि.भूभृतः ।
>
> iti tasyAm tadA rAtryAm rAkSasI.mantri.bhUbhRta: |
>
> jagmu:_te sarita:_tiram mitha: samjAta.sauhRdA: ||3|82|32||
>
> anvaya.vyatirekeNa rAkSasyA: sauhRdam tadA |
>
> ज्ञात्वा स्थितौ तौ स्वाचान्ताव् उभाव् अन्ते_निवासिनौ ॥३।८२।३३॥
>
> jJAtvA sthitau tau svAcAntau_ubhau_ante_nivAsinau ||3|82|33||
>
> तया ब्रह्मा.उपदिष्टो ऽसौ ततस् ताभ्याम् यथाक्रमम् ।
>
> tayA brahmA.upadiSTa:_asau tata:_tAbhyAm yathAkramam |
>
> snehAt_viSUcikA.mantra: pradatta:_japa.siddhada: ||3|82|34||
>
> ततः सम्जात.सौहार्दौ तौ विसृज्य निशाचरी ।
>
> tata: samjAta.sauhArdau tau visRjya nizAcarI |
>
> yadA gantum pravRttA_asau tadA rAjA_abravIt_vaca: ||3|82|35||
>
> राजा_उवाच ।
>
> rAjA_uvAca |
>
> गुरुस् त्वम् नौ महादेहे वयस्या च सुनिर्वृता ।
>
> guru:_tvam nau mahAdehe vayasyA ca sunirvRtA |
>
> निमन्त्रय_आवहे यत्नाद् ग्रसाय तव सुन्दरि ॥३।८२।३६॥
>
> nimantraya_Avahe yatnAt_grasAya tava sundari ||3|82|36||
>
> न च_अस्मत् प्रणयम् प्रीता वितथी.कर्तुम् अर्हसि ।
>
> na ca_asmat praNayam prItA vitathI.kartum arhasi |
>
> सौहार्दम् सुजनानाम् हि दर्शनाद् एव वर्धते ॥३।८२।३७॥
>
> sauhArdam sujanAnAm hi darzanAt_eva vardhate ||3|82|37||
>
> लघु.सौभाग्य.संयुक्तम् कृत्वा_आकारम् मनोरमम् ।
>
> laghu.saubhAgya.saMyuktam kRtvA_AkAram manoramam |
>
> आगच्छ_अस्मद्.गृहम्, भद्र, तत्र तिष्ठ यथासुखम् ॥३।८२।३८॥
>
> Agaccha_asmat.gRham, bhadra, tatra tiSTha yathAsukham ||3|82|38||
>
>
> rAkSasI_uvAca |
>
> मुग्ध.स्त्री.रूप.धारिण्ये दातुम् श*क्त**H*_असि भोजनम् ।
> संतर्पयसि माम् केन राक्षस.आकार.धारिणीम् ॥३।८२।३९॥
>
> mugdha.strI.rUpa.dhAriNye dAtum zakta:_asi bhojanam |
>
> saMtarpayasi mAm kena rAkSasa.AkAra.dhAriNIm ||3|82|39||
>
> रक्षो ऽन्नम् एव संतुष्ट्यै न सामान्य.जन.आशनम् ।
>
> rakSa:_annam eva saMtuSTyai na sAmAnya.jana.Azanam |
>
> पूर्व.सिद्ध.स्वभावो ऽयम् आ.देहम् न निवर्तते ॥३।८२।४०॥
>
> pUrva.siddha.svabhAva:_ayam A.deham na nivartate ||3|82|40||
>
> राजा_उवाच ।
>
> rAjA_uvAca |
>
> हेम.स्रग्.दाम.वलिता दिनानि कतिचिद् गृहे ।
>
> hema.srak.dAma.valitA dinAni katicit_gRhe |
>
> मम स्त्री.रूपिणी तिष्ठ यावद् इच्छम् अ.निन्दिते ॥३।८२।४१॥
>
> mama strI.rUpiNI tiSTha yAvat_iccham a.nindite ||3|82|41||
>
>
> tata:_duS.kRtina:_caurAn vadhyAn*zata.sahasraza: |
>
> मण्डले*भ्य**H* समानीय ददे तुभ्यम् सु.भोजनम् ॥३।८२।४२॥
> maNDalebhya: samAnIya dade tubhyam su.bhojanam ||3|82|42||
>
> kAntA.rUpam parityajya gRhItvA rAkSasam vapu: |
>
> AdAya vadhyAn*zataza: puruSAn*tAn su.saMcitAn ||3|82|43||
>
> नयस्व हिमवच्*छृङ्गम् तत्र भुङ्क्ष्व यथासुखम् ।
>
> nayasva himavat*zRGgam tatra bhuGkSva yathAsukham |
>
> महाशनानाम् एकान्ते भोजनम् हि सुखायते ॥३।८२।४४॥
>
> mahAzanAnAm ekAnte bhojanam hi sukhAyate ||3|82|44||
>
> tRptA nidrAm manAk.kRtvA bhava bhUya: samAdhi.bhAk |
>
> समाधि.विरता भूयो ऽप्य्_आगत्य पुनर् अन्यदा ॥३।८२।४५॥
>
> samAdhi.viratA bhUya:_api_Agatya punar anyadA ||3|82|45||
>
> na_iSyasi_anyAn vadhya.janAt hiMsA* na_eSAm ca dharmata: |
>
> स्व.धर्मेण च हिंसा_एव महा.करुणाया समा ॥३।८२।४६॥
>
> sva.dharmeNa ca hiMsA_eva mahA.karuNAyA samA ||3|82|46||
>
> त्वम् सम्.एष्यसि च_अवश्यम् माम् समाधि.विरागिणी ।
>
> tvam sam.eSyasi ca_avazyam mAm samAdhi.vi.rAgiNI |
>
> असताम् अपि संरूढम् सौहार्दम् न निवर्तते ॥३।८२।४७॥
>
> a.satAm api saMrUDham sauhArdam na nivartate ||3|82|47||
>
>
> rAkSasI_uvAca |
>
> युक्तमुक्तम् त्वया राजन् करो*म्य् *एवम् अहम् सुखे ।
> yuktamuktam tvayA rAjan karomi_evam aham sukhe |
>
> सौहार्देन प्रवृत्तस्य को वाक्यम् न_अभिनन्दति ॥३।८२।४८॥
>
> sauhArdena pravRttasya ka:_vAkyam na_abhinandati ||3|82|48||
>
> वसिष्ठ उवाच ।
>
> vasiSTha* uvAca |
>
> इत्य् उक्त्वा राक्षसी तत्र सम्पन्ना सु.विलासिनी ।
>
> iti_uktvA rAkSasI tatra sampannA su.vilAsinI |
>
> हार.केयुर.कटक.पट्ट.स्रग्दाम.धारिणी ॥३।८२।४९॥
>
> hAra.keyura.kaTaka.paTTa.sragdAma.dhAriNI ||3|82|49||
>
> "राजन्न् आगच्छ गच्छाम" इत्य् उक्त्वा भूप.मन्त्रिणौ ।
>
> "rAjan_Agaccha gacchAma:" iti_uktvA bhUpa.mantriNau |
>
> अग्रे गन्तुम् प्रवृत्तौ तौ रात्राव् अनुससार सा ॥३।८२।५०॥
>
> agre gantum pravRttau tau rAtrau_anu.sasAra sA ||3|82|50||
>
> अथ ते पार्थिव.गृहम् प्राप्य ताम् रजनीम् मिथH ।
>
> atha te pArthiva.gRham prApya tAm rajanIm mitha: |
>
> kathayA_eka.gRhe ramye kSapayAm.Asu:_AdRtA: ||3|82|51||
>
>
> prabhAte_anta:pure tasthau purandhrI.jana.lIlayA |
>
> राक्षसी मन्त्र.राजानौ स्व.व्यापारौ बभूव*तु**H* ॥३।८२।५२॥
> rAkSasI mantra.rAjAnau sva.vyApArau babhUvatu: ||3|82|52||
>
> ततो दिवस.षट्केन संचितानि मही.भृता ।
>
> tata:_divasa.SaTkena saMcitAni mahI.bhRtA |
>
> nRpa: para.purebhya:_api sva.maNDala.gaNAt tathA ||3|82|53||
>
> त्रीणि वध्य.सहस्राणि तानि तस्यै तदा ददौ ।
>
> trINi vadhya.sahasrANi tAni tasyai tadA dadau |
>
> सा बभूव निशा काले सा_एव_उग्रा कृष्ण.राक्षसी ॥३।८२।५४॥
>
> sA babhUva nizA kAle sA_eva_ugrA kRSNa.rAkSasI ||3|82|54||
>
> तानि वध्य.सहस्राणि जग्राह भुज.मण्डले ।
>
> tAni vadhya.sahasrANi jagrAha bhuja.maNDale |
>
> धारानि.कर.जालानि मेघ.माला_इव कोटरे ॥३।८२।५५॥
>
> dhArAni.kara.jAlAni megha.mAlA_iva koTare ||3|82|55||
>
> ययौ राजानम् आपृच्छ्य तदेव हिमव च्* छिरः ।
>
> yayau rAjAnam ApRcchya tadeva himavat_zira: |
>
> दरिद्रा लब्ध.हेम_इव ग्रहेष्व्_उग्र.शरीरिणी ॥३।८२।५६॥
>
> daridrA labdha.hema_iva graheSu_ugra.zarIriNI ||3|82|56||
>
> तत्र तृप्ता भृशम् भुक्त्वा सुखम् सुप्त्वा दिन.त्रयम् ।
>
> tatra tRptA bhRzam bhuktvA sukham suptvA dina.trayam |
>
> AsIt prabodha.su.svasthA sA samAdhi.mati: puna: ||3|82|57||
>
> paJcabhi:_vA caturbhi:_vA varSai: sA sam.prabudhyata |
>
> tat_tata:_maNDalam yAti tena rAja.sabhA.jane ||3|82|58||
>
> tatra vizrambha.garbhAbhi: kathAbhi: kam.cit_eva sA |
>
> स्थित्वा कालम् गृहीत्वा तान् वध्यान् स्वास्पदम् एत्य् अथ ॥३।८२।५९॥
>
> sthitvA kAlam gRhItvA tAn vadhyAn svAspadam eti_atha ||3|82|59||
>
> jIvan.muktatayA_evam eva vipine sA_adya_api rakSa:_aGganA
>
> तस्मिन् न_इव गिरौ स्थिता विचलित.ध्यान.एकतान.आशया ।
>
> tasmin na_iva girau sthitA vicalita.dhyAna.ekatAna.AzayA |
>
> tasmin rAjani zAntim Agatavati tyakta.eSaNena_AtmanA
>
> तद् राष्ट्र.अधिप.सौहृदै: स्वक.वलान् आस्वादयन्ती चिरम् ॥३।८२।६०॥
>
> tat_rASTra.adhipa.sauhRdai: svaka.valAn AsvAdayantI ciram ||3|82|60||
>
> ॥
>
>
>
> .
>
>
> .
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
> *KARKATÎ*
>
>
>
> *GOES TO COURT*
>
>
>
> *VASISHTHA said—*
>
>
> इति राज.मुखाच्*छ्रूत्वा कर्कटी वन.मर्कटी ।
>
> iti rAja.mukhAt_zrUtvA karkaTI vana.markaTI |
>
> अवबुद्ध.पदान्तम् स्वम् जहौ मत्सर.चापलम् ॥३।८२।१॥
>
> avabuddha.padAntam svam jahau matsara.cApalam ||3|82|1||
>
> .
>
>
> *the craven crowish karkaTI*
>
> *heard*
>
> *these words*
>
> *from the King's own mouth*
>
> *and thought.about them on her way to end her greedy selfishness*
>
> *.*
>
> iti*.so *rAja*.King.*mukha*.face/mouth.*At* zrUtvA*.hvg.heard **Karkatii*
> vana*.forest/woods.*markaTa*.monkey/ape.*I avabuddha*.learnt (as
> skilfulness) *padAnta*.x.*m sva*.Ur.own.*m
>
> jahau*.xx>han.*
>
> matsara*.greedy\angry.*cApala*.agitation\mobility.*m
> .
>
> *vlm.p.1. The silly Karkati of the forest, having heard the king’s speech,
> pondered well the sense of the words and forsook her levity and malice.
>
> karkaTI_. pondered well in herself the sense of the words, and forsook her
> levity and malice.
>
> sv._. became tranquil, and her demoniacal nature left her.
>
>
>
>
> अ*न्त**H*शीतल.ताम् एत्य विश्रान्तिम् अप.तापताम् ।
> anta:zItala.tAm etya vizrAntim apa.tApatAm |
>
> prAptA prAvRT.mayUrI_iva sa.jyotsnena kumudvatI ||3|82|2||
>
> .
>
>
> *—Repose, the Heating.down—*
>
> *like a thirsty peahen welcoming the Rains*
>
> *or a pondful of lotuses touched by moonbeans*
>
> *. *
> anta.:zItala..tA.m etya. vizrAnti.m apatApa..tA.m prApta.A prAvRT.mayUra.I
> iva.
>
> sa=.jyotsna.ena kumud.vatI
>
> .
>
> *vlm.p.2 She found the coolness and tranquility of her heart after its
> fervor was over, just like a peacock when the rains set in, or a lotus bed
> at the rising of moonbeams.
>
>
>
>
> tathA rAj*a.*girA tasyA: Ananda* udabhUt_bhRzam |
>
> गर्भे ऽ*न्त**H* खे बलाका*या* रवेण_इव पयो मु*चः* ॥३।८२।३॥
> garbhe_anta: khe balAkAyA: raveNa_iva vaya:_muca: ||3|82|3||
>
> .
>
>
> *in the sky*
>
> *crying the freedom of a bird*
>
> *.*
>
> *so*
>
> *it was*
>
> *when the Royal Word brought her an abundant bellyful of Joy*
>
> *.*
> tathA. rAja.gir.A tasyA:. Ananda.* udabhUt. bhRza.m garbha.e_anta.: kha.e
> balAka.AyA: rava.eNa iva. paya:.muca:
>
> *vlm.p.3 The king’s words delighted her heart like the cries of cranes
> flying in the sky gladden the passing clouds in the air.
>
>
>
>
>
> अहो बत पवित्रा_इयम् भवतोर् भाति शेमुषी ।
>
> aho bata pavitrA_iyam bhavato:_bhAti zemuSI |
>
> अनस्तमित.सारेण प्रबोध.अर्केण भासिता ॥३।८२।४॥
>
> an.astamita.sAreNa prabodha.arkeNa bhAsitA ||3|82|4||
>
> .
>
>
> *O*
>
> *how*
>
> *purifying it is*
>
> *!*
>
> *from Your Graces*
>
> *there shines understanding of the unsetting Essence*
>
> *uttered*
>
> *by the Sun of Realization*
>
> *.*
>
> aho*.O/Ah.* bata*.Ah, yes *pavitra.*cleansing.purifying – *iyam*.f.
> this.here.*
>
> bhavat*.Your.Presence.Your.Grace.*o: bhAti*.shines/appears.* zemuSa*.x.*I
> an.*.without/non.*astamita*.(sun)set/ceased. *sAra*.x.*eNa .
>
> prabodha*.x.*arka*.x.*eNa bhAsita*.x.*A
>
> *. *
> *vlm.p.4 The rakshasi said, "O how brightly shines the pure light of your
> understanding. It glows as serenely by its inner brilliance as it is
> illuminated by the sun of intelligence.
>
> .
>
> regret) Alas! Ah! (of praise) Bravo! (of reproach) Fie! (of calling) Ho!
> Halo! (of contempt) Pshaw! Often combined with other particles of similar
> signification, as aho.dhik
> . or dhig.aho
> <https://www.sanskritdictionary.com/?q=dhig%20aho&iencoding=hk&lang=sans>
> ., aho.bata
> <https://www.sanskritdictionary.com/?q=aho%20bata&iencoding=hk&lang=sans>
> • aho*.O/Ah.* +
>
> #*bata *interj. of astonishment or regret (also batAre, aho bata, & ayi
> bata) • bata*.Ah, yes* +
>
> #pU #pava #*pavitra *n. instrument for cleansing, esp. filter, strainer,
>
> #*iyam *f. this (here), this earth (pRthivI) +
>
> #bhU #*bhavat, #bhavantI .*mfn. being, present • m.f, (nom. bhavAn,
> ladyship, you (lit. "the gentleman or lady present" • used respectfully for
> the 2nd pers. pron., but properly with the 3rd and only exceptionally with
> the 2nd pers. of the verb e.g. bhavAn dadAtu, "let your highness give" •
> sometimes in pl. to express greater courtesy e.g. bhavanta: pramANam, "your
>
> #zam #*zemuSI*.intelligence/intention. f. (fr. pf. p. of >zam)
> #zemuSIka) +
>
> ind. after sunset +
>
> #sR *#sAra *.m.. course, motion (see pUrv*a.*s.) • stretching out,
>
>
> *#*arka*.x.*eNa
>
> #bhAsita*.*
>
>
> शीता समरसा शुद्धा ज्योत्स्ना_इव शशि.मण्डलात् ।
>
> zItA samarasA zuddhA jyotsnA_iva zazi.maNDalAt |
>
>
> vivek*a.*kaNikAm zrutvA bhavata:_hRdayAt_iyam ||3|82|5||
>
> .
>
> *I am cool,*
>
> *equable,*
>
> *pure as the light of the Rabbit.in.the.Moon,*
>
> *having heard this*
>
> *Item of Discernment*
>
> *from the heart of Your Beingnesses*
>
> *. *
>
> zIta*.x.*A samarasa*.x.*A zuddha*.x.*A jyotsnA*.x.* iva zazi*.x.*maNDala
> *.x.*At viveka*.x.*kaNika*.x.*Am zrutvA*.x.* bhavata:*.x.* hRdaya*.x.*At
> iyam.
>
> *. *
> *vlm.p.5 Hearing the elements of your reasoning, my heart is as gladdened
> as when the earth is cooled by the serene beams of humid moonlight.
>
>
>
> vivekina: jagat.pUjyA: sevyA: manye bhava.AdRzA: |
>
> सत्सङ्गात् स.विकासा_अस्मि चन्द्रेण_इव कुमुद्वती ॥३।८२।६॥
>
> satsaGgAt sa.vikAsA_asmi candreNa_iva kumudvatI ||3|82|6||
>
> .
>
>
> *is to be honored and served in the world*
>
> *by the discerning,*
>
> *—*
>
> *or so*
>
> *I*
>
> *think*
>
> *—*
>
> *for thru such good company*
>
> *I have been brought to blossom*
>
> *as a white lotus is by the Royal Moon*
>
> *.*
> sa.vikAsa.A_asmi. candra.eNa iva *kumud*vatI
>
> *. *
> *vlm.p.6 Reasonable men like you are honored and venerated in the world,
> and I am as delighted in your company as a lake of lotuses with full blown
> buds under moonbeams.
>
>
>
> saurabham kusumAsaGgAt_eva satsaGgamAt_zubham |
>
> वर्तते ह्य् अर्क.सम्पर्काद् विकासो ऽम्बु.रुहाम् इव ॥३।८२।७॥
>
> vartate hi_arka.samparkAt_vikAsa:_ambu.ruhAm iva ||3|82|7||
>
> .
>
>
> *fragrance comes from contact with the blossom,*
>
> *so*
>
> *good company brings blessing*
>
> *&*
>
> *contact with the sun*
>
> *brings the lotus.bud into bloom*
>
> *.*
>
> saurabha*.x.*m kusuma*.x. *AsaGga*.x.*At/asaGga*.x.*At eva*.x.indeed *
> satsaGga*.x.*.mAt*.x.* zubha*.x.*m vartate*.x.* hi*.x.* arka*.x.*samparka
> *.x.*At vikAsa*.x.*: ambu*.x.*ruha*.x.*Am iv*a.like/as.if *
> .
>
> *vlm.7. The society of the virtuous, scatters its blessings, as a flower
> garden spreads its fragrance all around.
>
>
>
> महताम् एव सम्पर्कात् पुनर् दुःखम् न बाधते ।
>
> mahatAm eva samparkAt puna:_du:kham na bAdhate |
>
> को हि दीप.शिखा.हस्त=तमसा परिभूयते ॥३।८२।८॥
>
> ka:_hi dIpa.zikhA.hasta=tamasA paribhUyate ||3|82|8||
>
> .
>
>
> *sorrow doesnt trouble you again*
>
> *&*
>
> *so*
>
> *with your candle in my hand*
>
> *the darkness*
>
> *is*
>
> *subdued*
>
> *.*
>
> mahataa.m eva*.indeed\only*/*very to* samparka.at punar.*again*
>
> du:kha.m na*.no/not* baadhat.e kas.*?who/which* hi diipa.zikhaa.hasta=
> tamas.*darkness/error*.A paribhuuyat.e
>
> *. *
> mahatA
>
> samparka
>
> du:kha
>
> bAdhat.e
>
>
> tamas
>
> paribhUyat.e
>
> *. *
> *sv.8 6.8 One who enjoys the company of enlightened men does not suffer in
> this world, even as one who holds a candle in his hand does not see
> darkness anywhere.
>
> *vlm.8. Society with the good and great, dispels all our woes; as a lamp
> in the hand, disperses the surrounding darkness.
>
> *jd. so getting the mere company of great ones, sorrow won't again trouble
> you, for a candle in the hand overcomes the darkness.
>
>
>
> मया_इमौ जङ्गल.प्राप्तौ भवन्तौ भूमि.भास्करौ ।
>
> mayA_imau jaGgala.prAptau bhavantau bhUmi.bhAskarau |
>
> पूजनीयाव् अतः शीघ्रम् ईहितम् कथ्यताम् शुभम् ॥३।८२।९॥
>
> pUjanIyau_ata: zIghram Ihitam kathyatAm zubham ||3|82|9||
>
> .
>
>
> *jungle.caught Beingnesses*
>
> *two suns over the land*
>
> *are to be honored*
>
> *so*
>
> *quickly*
>
> *tell me what you wish*
>
> .
>
> mayA.*w.me <http://w.me>.* imau.*these.two.* jaGgala*.x.*prApti*.x.*au
> bhavan*.becoming.*tau bhUmi*.x.*bhAskara*.x.*u pUjanIya*.x.*u ata*.x.*:
> zIghram*.x.* Ihita*.x.*m kathyatAm*.x.* zubham*.x.*
>
> *. *
> *vlm.9. I have fortunately obtained you as two great lights in this
> forest; you both are entitled to my reverence here, and deign now to
> acquaint me, with the good intent which has brought you hither.
>
>
>
>
>
> अस्मिञ् जनपदे रक्ष:कुल=कानन.मञ्जरि ।
>
> asmin_janapade rakSa:kula=kAnana.maJjari |
>
> जनस्य बाधते ऽत्यन्तम् सदा हृदय.शूलनम् ॥३।८२।१०॥
>
> janasya bAdhate_atyantam sadA hRdaya.zUlanam ||3|82|10||
>
> .
>
>
> *you*
>
> *are a blossom in the forest of the rakSha.Demon tribe*
>
> *for us*
>
> *for there is*
>
> *a serious problem for the people of my country,*
>
> *a constant pain in the Heart*
>
> *. *
> asmin_janapade rakSa:kula=kAnana.maJjari janasya bAdhate_atyantam sadA
> hRdaya.zUlanam
>
> .
>
> sv._. rheumatic heart troubles.
>
> *vlm.p.10 The king answered, "O offspring of the savage race of rakshasas,
> the people of this province are always afflicted in their hearts by a
> certain evil.
>
>
>
> यतः सर्वा_एव जनता तप्ता दृढ.विषूचिका ।
>
> yata: sarvA_eva janatA taptA dRDha.viSUcikA |
>
> मण्डले ननु तेन_अहम् निर्गतो रात्रि.चर्यया ॥३।८२।११॥
>
> maNDale nanu tena_aham nirgata:_rAtri.caryayA ||3|82|11||
>
> .
>
>
> *this*
>
> *Vishûchikâ.Plague*
>
> *.*
>
> *so*
>
> *I've come on night patrol to deal with it*
>
> *.*
> yata: sarvA_eva janatA taptA dRDha.viSUcikA maNDale nanu tena_aham
> nirgata:_rAtri.caryayA
>
> *vlm.11. It is the obdurate disease of Vishuchi or cholic pain.. *sv.11 In
> the country there is also an epidemic of cholera.
>
> *vlm.p.11 It is the stubborn disease of choleric pain that troubles the
> people of this part. Therefore I have come out with my guards to find her
> out in my nightly rounds.
>
> *VA. here, the king just states the disease, caused by viSUcika, or he
> actually knows this is she, who stands in front? She did not introduce
> herself? *AS. I don't think he knows any specific connection. .. As all the
> people are upset with established disease in our neighborhood, I indeed
> stepped out to move about at night (to investigate).
>
>
>
> zUla.Adi hRdaye nRNAm na zAmyati yat_auSadhai: |
>
> ततो ऽहम् त्वद्.विध.प्रोक्त.मन्त्र.अर्थेन विनिर्गतः ॥३।८२।१२॥
>
> tata:_aham tvat.vidha.prokta.mantra.arthena vi.nirgata: ||3|82|12||
>
> .
>
>
> *in the heart of humans*
>
> *cannot be staunched by herbs*
>
> *then*
>
> *am*
>
> *I*
>
> *—being a stand.in <http://stand.in> for a Spell—*
>
> *come forth*
>
> *.*
>
> zUla.Adi hRdaye nRNAm na zAmyati yat_auSadhai: tata:_aham tvat.vidh*a.*
> prokt*a.*mantra.arthena vi.nirgata:
>
> *. *
> *vlm.12. This cholic pain is not removed from the hearts of men by any
> medicine, so I have come out in search of the mantra revealed to her for
> its cure.
>
> *vlm.p.12 No medicine removes this choleric pain from the hearts of men,
> so I have come in search of the mantra revealed to her for its cure.
>
>
>
> त्वादृशस्य च लोकस्य मुग्ध.लोक.अभिघातिनः ।
>
> tvAdRzasya ca lokasya mugdha.loka.abhighAtina: |
>
> निग्रह.अर्थम् प्रवृत्त्तिर् मे सा च सम्पत्तिम् एत्य् अलम् ॥३।८२।१३॥
>
> nigraha.artham pravRtti:_me sA ca sampattim eti_alam ||3|82|13||
>
> .
>
>
> *people like U*
>
> *prey on the innocent*
>
> *and*
>
> *my job is to put you under lock and key*
>
> *&*
>
> *that's what I'm about to do*
>
> *!*
>
> *of/for* tvAdRz*.x.*asya.*his/its.* ca*.and/also *loka*.world\people.*sya
> mugdha*.x.*loka*.world\people.*abhighAti*.x.*na: nigraha*.x.*artha*.x.*m
> pravRtti.: me*.me/my* sA*.she\it.* ca*.and/also *sampatti*.x.*m eti*.x.*
> alam*.enuf/sufficient*
>
> *. *
> *vlm.p.13. It is my business and professed duty to persecute such wicked
> beings as yourself who infest our ignorant subjects in this way. This is
> all I have to tell you and do in this place.
>
> *AS. I am ready to arrest (nigrahArtham pravRttir me) people like you who
> murder innocent people, and it works well (sA ca sampattim eti alam as I am
> about to grab you!)
>
>
>
> एतावद् एव च शुभे त्वया_अङ्गी.क्रियताम् वचः ।
>
> etAvat_eva ca zubhe tvayA_aGgI.kriyatAm vaca: |
>
> bhUya:_bhavatyA prANA: hi hiMsanIyA: na kasyacit ||3|82|14||
>
> .
>
>
> *:*
>
> *to have your word of agreement as to people's lives*
>
> *—*
>
> *no more,*
>
> *Madam,*
>
> *no more killing anyhow,*
>
> *OK*
>
> *?*
>
> etAvat*.tis.much.* eva*.indeed.* ca*.and/also.* zubha*.good/auspicious.*e
> tvayA*.w.you.* aGgI.*agree.*kriyatAm*.let hir do.* vac*.word/voice.*a:
> *.n..* bhUya*.moreover/mostly.*:_bhavatyA*.Madam.* prANa*.Praana/air.*A:
> hi*.ergo/indeed..x.* hiMsanIya*.to.be.hurt/killed.*A: na*.not *kasyacit
> *.of/¿whoever.*
> .
>
> *sv.14 13.14 My humble submission to you is this: do not take the life of
> any of my people.
>
> *vlm.14. Therefore, O good lady! do thou promise to me in thy own words,
> that thou shalt never injure any living being in future.
>
> tvayA*.w.you.* aGgI.*agree.*kriyatAm*.let hir do.* vac*.word/voice.*a:
> *.n..* bhUya*.moreover/mostly.*:_bhavatyA*.Madam.* prANa*.Praana/air.*A:
> hi*.ergo/indeed..x.* hiMsanIya*.to.be.hurt/killed.*A: na*.not *kasyacit
> *.of/¿whoever.*
>
>
>
> *THE DEMONESS declared—*
>
>
>
> बाढम् एवम् करो*म्य् *अद्य.प्रभृत्य्.अ.वितथम् प्रभो ।
> bADham evam karomi_adya.prabhRti.a.vitatham prabho |
>
> सत्यम् एव न किम्चिद्*धि हिंसनीयम् मया_अधुना ॥३।८२।१५॥
>
> satyam eva na kim.cit*hi hiMsanIyam mayA_adhunA ||3|82|15||
>
> .
>
>
> *make this solemn pledge*
>
> *:*
>
> *from now on*
>
> *henceforth without fail,*
>
> *Lord,*
>
> *I*
>
> *will absolutely truly never kill*
>
> *anything*
>
> *at.all*
>
> *!*
>
> bADha.m evam. karomi. adya.prabhRt. *a.*vitatha.m prabho. satya.m eva.
>
> *vlm.p.15 Hearing the elements of your reasoning, my heart is as gladdened
> as when the earth is cooled by the serene beams of humid moonlight.
>
>
>
>
>
> यद्य्_एवम् फुल्ल.पद्म=अक्षी पर.देह=एक.भोजने ।
>
> yadi_evam phulla.padma=akSI para.deha=eka.bhojane |
>
> किम् स्याच्*छरीर.वृत्त्यै ते स्थिताया मत्.समीहिते ॥३।८२।१६॥
>
> kim syAt*zarIra.vRttyai te sthitAyA mat.samIhite ||3|82|16||
>
> .
>
>
> *if *
>
> *this be so*
>
> *then*
>
> *tell me this*
>
> *:*
>
> *how will you get your living if you live according.with my wish*
>
> *?*
>
> yadi*_*evam phull*a.*padma=akSI par*a.*deha=ek*a.*bhojane |kim syAt_zarIr
> *a.*vRttyai te sthitAyA mat.samIhite
> .
>
> *vlm.p.16 The king replied, "If that be so, you who lives on animal flesh,
> tell me how can you support your body if you abstain from animal food?"
>
>
>
>
>
>
> षड्भिर् मासैर् गिरौ राजन् प्रबुद्धा*या**H* समाधितः ।
> SaDbhi:_mAsai:_girau, rAjan, prabuddhAyA: samAdhita: |
>
> ज्ञाता भोजन.सम्कल्पाद् भोजन.इच्छा_इयम् अद्य मे ॥३।८२।१७॥
>
> jJAtA bhojana.samkalpAt_bhojana.icchA_iyam adya me ||3|82|17||
>
> .
>
>
> *Your Majesty,*
>
> *I arose from `samAdhi*
>
> *as the Knower of the idea of eating*
>
> *but*
>
> *from now on the desire to eat is gone for me*
>
> *.*
> SaDbhi:_mAsai:_girau, rAjan,_prabuddhAyA: samAdhita: |
>
> bhojana.icchA_iyam adya me
>
> .
>
> *vlm.17. The Rakshasi replied:..It is now passed six months, O prince!
> that I have risen from my entranced meditation, and fostered my desire for
> food, which I wholly renounce today.
>
>
>
> इदानीम् शिखरम् गत्वा तदेव ध्यान.निश्चला ।
>
> idAnIm zikharam gatvA tat_eva dhyAna.nizcalA |
>
> yAvat_iccham sukhena_Ase sa.jIvA zAla.bhaJjikA ||3|82|18||
>
> .
>
>
> *having gone to the mountain*
>
> *let*
>
> *That*
>
> *alone*
>
> *be my firm meditation,*
>
> *wherein I am as happy as I wish to be,*
>
> *like a living statue*
>
> *.*
>
> idAnIm zikharam gatvA tat_eva dhyAn*a.*nizcalA yAvat_iccham sukhena_Ase
> sa.jIvA zAl*a.*bhaJjikA
>
> *. *
>
>
> आ.मृतीम् धरणाम् बद्ध्वा धारयामि शरीरकम् ।
>
> A.mRtIm dharaNAm baddhvA dhArayAmi zarIrakam |
>
> यथा.इच्छम् अथ कालेन त्यक्ष्यामि_इति मत्तिर् मम ॥३।८२।१९॥
>
> yathA.iccham atha kAlena tyakSyAmi_iti mati:_mama ||3|82|19||
>
> .
>
> zarIrakam *I support an embodiment *yathA iccham atha kAlena *as desired
> then thru time *tyakSyAmi iti matir mama *I'll let it go. such is my mind*
>
> *. *
> A.mRtIm dharaNAm baddhvA dhArayAmi zarIrakam |
>
> yathA.iccham atha kAlena tyakSyAmi_iti mati:_mama
>
> .
>
> *vlm.19. I will restrain myself by unshaken meditation until my death, and
> then I shall quit this body in its time with gladness. This is my
> resolution.
>
> *sv.19 16.20 Now, please tell me: how shall I recompense you for your
> kindness and appease your hunger?"
>
> zarIrakam *I support an embodiment *yathA iccham atha kAlena *as desired
> then thru time *tyakSyAmi iti matir mama *I'll let it go. such is my
> mind. *
>
>
> आ.शरीर=परित्यागम् इदानीम् न मया नृप ।
>
> A.zarIra.parityAgam idAnIm na mayA nRpa |
>
> hiMsanIyA: para.prANA:_tena_idam mat.vaca: zRNu ||3|82|20||
>
> .
>
> tena_idam mat*vaca: zRNu
>
> *. *
>
> *until I leave the body,*
>
> *from.now.on, forever,*
>
> *not by me,*
>
> *Lord of the Earth,*
>
> *will any harm be caused*
>
> *to any breathing creature*
>
> *.*
>
> *these are the words I have to say*
>
> *.*
> *vlm._. you may rely assured upon my word.
>
> *vlm.p.20 "I tell you now, O king, that until the end of this life and
> body of mine, I shall no more take the life of any living being, and you
> may rely assured upon my word.
>
>
>
>
> himavAn_nAma zaila:_asti zarat.candra.aMzu=nirmala: |
>
> य उत्तर.आशा.हृदये स्पृष्ट.पूर्व.अपर.अर्ण*व**H* ॥३।८२।२१॥
> ya* uttara.AzA.hRdaye spRSTa.pUrva.apara.arNava: ||3|82|21||
>
> .
>
>
> *:*
>
> *Mount Snowy,*
>
> *spotless as an autumn.moon.beam*
>
> *.*
>
> *its range is in the heart of the Northern Quarter*
>
> *and reaches the oceans on each side*
>
> *.*
> himavAn_nAma zaila:_asti zarat.candra.aMzu=nirmala: ya* uttara.AzA.hRdaye
> spRSTa.pUrva.a.para.arNava:
>
> .
>
> *vlm.21. There is the mount Himalaya by name, standing in the heart of the
> northern region, and stretching in one sweep, from the eastern to western
> main.
>
>
>
> tatra_aham nivasAmi_agre hema.zRGga.darI.gRhe |
>
> आयसी मेघ.लेखा_इव कर्कटी.नाम राक्षसी ॥३।८२।२२॥
>
> AyasI megha.lekhA_iva karkaTI.nAma rAkSasI ||3|82|22||
>
> .
>
>
> *on top of Old Snowy*
>
> *I*
>
> *dwell*
>
> *in a cave cloven out.of the gold.laden peak*
>
> *.*
>
> *I am*
>
> *a metal streak,*
>
> *and*
>
> *as an Ogress*
>
> *they call me Crabby karkaTI*
>
> *. *
>
> tatra_aham nivasAmi_agre hem*a.*zRGg*a.*darI.gRhe AyasI megh*a.*lekhA_iva
> karkaTI.nAma rAkSasI
>
> *. *
> *vlm.p.22 At first I lived there in a cave by its golden peak. I was in
> the shape of an iron statue, and also like a cloud fragment, and I bore the
> name of Karkati the Rakshasi.
>
>
>
> तपसा_उपार्जितो ब्रह्मा जनता.मरण.इच्छया ।
>
> tapasA_upArjita:_brahmA janatA.maraNa.icchayA |
>
> विषुचिका प्राण.हरा स्याम् सूच्यात्म् एति भो मया ॥३।८२।२३॥
>
> viSucikA prANa.harA syAm sUcyAtm eti bho mayA ||3|82|23||
>
> .
>
>
> *given*
>
> *by brahmA the Immense*
>
> *so wishing for the death of people*
>
> *I am*
>
> *vishUchikA*
>
> *the life.destroyer*
>
> *(as my `sUchI.Needle.self became for me)*
>
> *.*
>
> tapasA_upArjita:_brahmA janatA.maraNa.icchayA viSucikA prAN*a.*harA syAm
> sUcyAtm eti bho mayA
>
> *. *
> *vlm.23. There I obtained the sight of Brahma by the austerityof my
> devotion; and expressed my desire of killing mankind, in the shape of a
> destructive needle.
>
>
>
> तस्मात् सम्प्राप्त.वरया बहून् वर्ष.गणान् मया ।
>
>
> भुक्ता विषुचिकात्वेन जनता जीव.बाध*नै**H* ॥३।८२।२४॥
> bhuktA viSucikAtvena janatA jIva.bAdhanai: ||3|82|24||
>
> .
>
>
> *many cycles of seasons were enjoyed by my `vishuchikA.ness*
>
> *afflicting many lives of the people*
>
> *.*
> tasmAt samprApta.varayA bahUn varSa.gaNAn mayA bhuktA viSucikAtvena
>
> janatA jIva.bAdhanai:
>
> .
>
> *vlm.24. I obtained the boon accordingly, and passed a great many years in
> the act of afflicting living brings, and feeding upon their entrails in the
> form of the cholic pain.
>
> *sv.24 From the creator BrahmA I obtained a boon, as a result of which I
> became a needle (and also the cholera virus); as such I brought untold
> misery to people.
>
>
>
> "त्वया न गुणिने हिंस्या*" इति मे ब्रह्मणा ततः ।
>
> "tvayA na guNine hiMsyA:" iti me brahmaNA tata: |
>
> नियम.अर्थम् महामन्त्रः_तद् आयत्ता_अस्मि संस्थिता ॥३।८२।२५॥
>
> niyama.artham mahA.mantra:_tat_AyattA_asmi saMsthitA ||3|82|25||
>
> .
>
>
> *so *brahmA told me then,*
>
> *and so the control of my Great Spell*
>
> *I came to understand*
>
> *.*
> "tvayA. na. guNi.ne hiMs.yA*" iti. me. brahmaNA. tata:. niyama.artha.m
> mahA.mantra.: tat_AyattA_asmi saMsthitA
>
> *vlm.25. I was then prohibited by Brahma to kill the learned, and was
> instructed in the great mantra for my observance.
>
> *sv.25 25.28 Brahma, however, also evolved a mantra by which alone I am
> brought under control.
>
>
>
> सो ऽयम् प्रगृह्यताम् तेन सर्वम् हृदय.शूलनम् ।
>
> sa:_ayam pragRhyatAm tena sarvam hRdaya.zUlanam |
>
> शमम् एष्यति लोके ऽस्मात् का कथा मत्.कृते भ्रमे ॥३।८२।२६॥
>
> zamam eSyati loke_asmAt kA kathA mat.kRte bhrame ||3|82|26||
>
> .
>
>
> *you employ*
>
> *something that brings to peace*
>
> *every*
>
> *affliction of the heart,*
>
> *what could remain that you would call*
>
> *trouble*
>
> *that has been made by me*
>
> *?*
>
> sa:_ayam pragRhyatAm tena sarvam hRday*a.*zUlanam zamam eSyati loke_asmAt
>
> kA kathA mat.kRte bhrame
>
> *. *
> *AS. That (mantra) should be taken up (sa: ayam pratigRhyatAm), by
> that.all pain in the heart will subside in this world, what to talk of
> stupor caused by me! .. In other words, the powerful mantra will cure
> everything, including my doings!
>
> *vlm.26. He then gave me the power of piercing the hearts of men, with
> some other diseases which infest all mankind.
>
>
>
> वितता_एव_अस्मि हिम्सायाम् यत् पुरा हिम्सितम् मया ।
>
> vitatA_eva_asmi himsAyAm yat purA himsitam mayA |
>
> janasya hRdayam tena nADya:_vaidhuryam AgatA: ||3|82|27||
>
> .
>
>
> *spread.about*
>
> *doing my harm*
>
> *and what has once been harmed by me,*
>
> *the hearts of people,*
>
> *thereby they get*
>
> *constriction of the arteries*
>
> *.*
> vitatA_eva_asmi himsAyAm yat purA himsitam mayA janasya hRdayam tena
>
> nADya:_vaidhuryam AgatA:
>
> .
>
> *vlm.27. I spread myself far and wide in my malice, and sucked the heart
> blood of men, which dried up their veins and arteries; and emaciated their
> bodies.
>
> *VA. I was so spread out in my harming ways, harming people’s hearts and
> causing channels (arteries) troubles. *AS. I have been involved with
> extensive harm; due to the damage caused by me to the hearts of the people
> in the past, their bodily channels (nADya: can be blood vessels or any
> other channels in the body as seen elsewhere in this book) are without
> control.
>
>
>
> हिंसित्वा रक्त.माम्सानि संत्यक्ता ये महाजनाः ।
>
> hiMsitvA rakta.mAmsAni saMtyaktA* ye mahAjanA: |
>
> तेभ्यो विधुर.नाडीभ्यो ये जातास् ते ऽपि तादृशाः ॥३।८२।२८॥
>
> tebhya:_vidhura.nADIbhya:_ye jAtA:_te_api tAdRzA: ||3|82|28||
>
> .
>
>
> *devouring red meat *
>
> *which great people have forsaken *
>
> *saMt*yaktA: ye mahAjanA:
>
> tebhya: *thru them *
>
> vidhur*a.*nADIbhya:
> ye jAtAs te_api tAdRzA:
>
> *vlm.28. Those whom I left alive after devouring their flesh and blood,
> they begat a race as lean and veinless as they had become themselves.
>
> helpless • depressed, dejected (vidhuram ind.) • adverse, unfavourable,
> hostile • m. a widower • n. calamity, distress. *y1027.041
>
>
>
> राजन्, विषूचिका.मन्त्रः सो ऽयम् सम्पन्न एव ते ।
>
> rAjan, viSUcikA.mantra: sa:_ayam sampanna* eva te |
>
> nahi sattvavatAm asti du:.sAdhyam iha kimcana ||3|82|29||
>
> .
>
>
> *rAjA*
>
> *this.here *viShUchikA.mantra*
>
> *once it is got by you*
>
> *there is nothing in the world too* *hard for you to get here anyhow*
>
> *.*
>
> *rAjA,*
>
> *once this viShUchikA spell has been received by you*
>
> *there is nothing good whatever that is hard to attain*
>
> *.*
> rAjan, viSUcikA.mantra: sa:_ayam sampanna* eva te nahi sattvavatAm asti
> du:.sAdhyam iha kim.cana
>
> .
>
> *vlm.p.29 "You will be successful, O happy king, in getting the mantra for
> driving away cholera pain, because there is nothing impossible that the
> wise and strong cannot attain.
>
>
>
> अतो दुर्नाडि.कोशेषु शूलानाम् परिशान्तये ।
>
> ata:_dur.nADi.kozeSu zUlAnAm parizAntaye |
>
> मन्त्रो यो ब्रह्मणा प्रोक्तो राजन् शीघ्रम् गृहाण तम् ॥३।८२।३०॥
>
> mantra:_ya:_brahmaNA prokta:,_rAjan,_zIghram gRhANa tam ||3|82|30||
>
> .
>
>
> *take it,*
>
> *Your Majesty,*
>
> *this mantra which was uttered by brahmA*
>
> *to relieve the pain of swollen arteries*
>
> *.*
>
> *Your Majesty,*
>
> *take it for your own*
>
> *!*
> ata:_dur.nADi.kozeSu zUlAnAm pari.zAntaye mantra:_ya:_brahmaNA prokto
> rAjan zIghram gRhANa tam
>
> .
>
> *vlm.p.30 Receive immediately, O king, the mantra that brahma uttered to
> remove choleric pain from the cells of arteries weakened by cholera.
>
>
>
> आगच्छ निकटम् नद्या गच्छामस् तत्र भूमिप ।
>
> Agaccha nikaTam nadyA gacchAma:_tatra bhUmipa |
>
> स्वाचान्ताभ्याम् संयताभ्याम् भवद्भ्याम् सुमता ददे ॥३।८२।३१॥
>
> svAcAntAbhyAm saMyatAbhyAm bhavadbhyAm sumatA dade ||3|82|31||
>
> .
>
>
> *.*
>
> *let's go down there by the river,*
>
> *EarthLord,*
>
> *and we'll bathe together,*
>
> *Your Graces,*
>
> *and I'll gladly give it to you*
>
> *.*
> Agaccha nikaTam nadyA gacchAma:_tatra bhUmipa svAcAntAbhyAm saMyatAbhyAm
>
> bhavadbhyAm sumatA dade
>
> *vlm.31. Now advance towards me, and let us go to the neighbouring river;
> and there initiate you with the mantra, after you both are prepared to
> receive it by your ablution and purification.
>
> *AS. Come, let us go to the river, there, O King to you two honorable ones
> bhavadbhyAm) who have done the proper ablution (Acamana thus
>
>
>
>
> इति तस्याम् तदा रात्र्याम् राक्षसी.मन्त्रि.भूभृतः ।
>
> iti tasyAm tadA rAtryAm rAkSasI.mantri.bhUbhRta: |
>
> jagmu:_te sarita:_tiram mitha: samjAta.sauhRdA: ||3|82|32||
>
> .
>
>
> *then*
>
> *that very night*
>
> *they came*
>
> *—the Demoness, the Minister, His Majesty the Bearer of the Earth—*
>
> *together*
>
> *on a riverbank*
>
> *like a meeting of old friends*
>
> *.*
> iti tasyAm tadA rAtryAm rAkSasI.mantri.bhUbhRta: jagmu:_te sarita:_tiram
>
>
> *. *
> *vlm.p.32 Vasishtha said:— Then the rakshasi proceeded to the river side
> that very night accompanied by the king and his minister, all joined
> together as friends.
>
>
>
> anvaya.vyatirekeNa rAkSasyA: sauhRdam tadA |
>
> ज्ञात्वा स्थितौ तौ स्वाचान्ताव् उभाव् अन्ते_निवासिनौ ॥३।८२।३३॥
>
> jJAtvA sthitau tau svAcAntau_ubhau_ante_nivAsinau ||3|82|33||
>
> .
>
> ubhau_ante_nivAsinau
>
> *. *
>
> *so then,*
>
> *having considered the pros and cons of the Demoness's friendship,*
>
> *the two remained nearby,*
>
> *making their ablutions*
>
> *.*
> *vlm.p.33 These two men, being sure of the rakshasi’s friendship by both
> affirmative and negative proofs, made their ablutions and stood on the
> river bank.
>
>
>
> तया ब्रह्मा.उपदिष्टो ऽसौ ततस् ताभ्याम् यथाक्रमम् ।
>
> tayA brahmA.upadiSTa:_asau tata:_tAbhyAm yathAkramam |
>
> snehAt_viSUcikA.mantra: pradatta:_japa.siddhada: ||3|82|34||
>
> .
>
>
> *this mantra*
>
> *(taught by brahmA to her)*
>
> *to them,*
>
> *each in turn according.with.rank*
>
> *.*
>
> *lovingly*
>
> *the vishUchikA.mantra was bestowed on them,*
>
> *to be empowered by repetition*
> .
>
> tayA brahmA.upadiSTa:_asau tata:_tAbhyAm yathAkramam
> snehAt_viSUcikA.mantra:
>
> pradatta:_japa.siddhada:
>
> *vlm.p.34 Then the rakshasi tenderly told them the mantra that brahma had
> revealed to her to remove cholera pain, and which was always successful.
>
>
>
> ततः सम्जात.सौहार्दौ तौ विसृज्य निशाचरी ।
>
>
> यदा गन्तुम् प्रवृत्ता_असौ तदा राजा_अब्रवीद् व*चः* ॥३।८२।३५॥
> yadA gantum pravRttA_asau tadA rAjA_abravIt_vaca: ||3|82|35||
>
> .
>
>
> tadA rAjA_abravIt_vaca:
>
> .
>
> *next thing,*
>
> *that old NightRover tried to slip away from the two friends*
>
> *.*
>
> *but they stopped her*
>
> *.*
> *vlm.p.35 Afterwards as the nocturnal fiend was about to depart and leave
> her friendly companions behind, the king stopped her with his speech.
>
>
>
>
>
> गुरुस् त्वम् नौ महादेहे वयस्या च सुनिर्वृता ।
>
> guru:_tvam nau mahAdehe vayasyA ca sunirvRtA |
>
> निमन्त्रय_आवहे यत्नाद् ग्रसाय तव सुन्दरि ॥३।८२।३६॥
>
> nimantraya_Avahe yatnAt_grasAya tava sundari ||3|82|36||
>
> .
>
> vayasyA ca su.nirvRtA nimantrayAvahe yatnAt grasAya tava sundari
>
> *vlm. O you of gigantic stature! you have become our preceptor by your
> teaching us the mantra, we invite you with affection, to take your repast
> with us tonight.
>
> *sv.36 The grateful KING said to karkaTI: "O kind lady, now you have
> become my guru and friend.
>
>
>
> न च_अस्मत् प्रणयम् प्रीता वितथी.कर्तुम् अर्हसि ।
>
> na ca_asmat praNayam prItA vitathI.kartum arhasi |
>
> सौहार्दम् सुजनानाम् हि दर्शनाद् एव वर्धते ॥३।८२।३७॥
>
> sauhArdam sujanAnAm hi darzanAt_eva vardhate ||3|82|37||
>
> .
>
>
> *dear girl,*
>
> *you*
>
> *shouldn't ever let it go.to.waste*
>
> *.*
>
> *the friendship of good hearts grows with familiarity*
>
> *.*
> na ca_asmat praNayam prItA vitathI.kartum arhasi sauhArdam sujanAnAm hi
> darzanAt_eva vardhate
>
> *vlm.p.37 It does not become you to break off our friendship which has
> grown at our very first meeting like the acquaintance of good people.
>
> *AS. You, who are pleased (prItA) should not make (na arhasi) our love for
> you (asmat.praNayam) go to waste (vitathIkartum).
>
>
>
> लघु.सौभाग्य.संयुक्तम् कृत्वा_आकारम् मनोरमम् ।
>
> आगच्छ_अस्मद्.गृहम्, भद्र, तत्र तिष्ठ यथासुखम् ॥३।८२।३८॥
>
> Agaccha_asmat.gRham, bhadra, tatra tiSTha yathAsukham ||3|82|38||
>
> .
>
>
> *more beautiful*
>
> *come to our House, dear girl, and stay as long as you please*
>
> *. *
>
> laghu*.x.*saubhAgya*.x.*saMyukta*.x.*m kRtvA*.x.* AkAra*.x.*m manorama
> *.x.*m Agaccha*.x.* asmat*.this *gRha*.x.*m bhadra*.x.* tatra*.x.* tiSTha
> *.rest/stay.* yathAsukham*.however.pleasing.*
> .
>
> *vlm.p.38 Give your ill.favored form a little more graceful figure and
> walk with us to our home and stay there at your own pleasure."
>
>
>
>
>
>
> मुग्ध.स्त्री.रूप.धारिण्ये दातुम् श*क्त**H*_असि भोजनम् ।
>
> mugdh*a.*strI.rUp*a.*dhAriNye dAtum zakta:_asi bhojanam |
> संतर्पयसि माम् केन राक्षस.आकार.धारिणीम् ॥३।८२।३९॥
>
>
> .
>
> *so*
>
> *if I looked like one of your pleasure girls,*
>
> *you could give me a proper feast*
>
> *.*
>
> *but*
>
> *how can you satisfy me,*
>
> *when I am in the body of a Demoness*
>
> *?*
> mugdha.strI.rUpa.dhAriNye dAtum zakta:_asi bhojanam | saMtarpayasi mAm
> kena rAkSasa.AkAra.dhAriNIm
>
> .
>
> mugdha.strI.rUpa.dhAriNye
>
> dAtum zakta:_asi bhojanam |
>
> saMtarpayasi mAm kena
>
> rAkSasa.AkAra.dhAriNIm
>
> .
>
> *vlm.p.39 The rakshasi replied, "You can well provide a female of your own
> kind with her proper food, but what entertainment can you give to my
> satisfaction? I am a cannibal by nature!
>
>
>
> रक्षो ऽन्नम् एव संतुष्ट्यै न सामान्य.जन.आशनम् ।
>
> rakSa:_annam eva saMtuSTyai na sAmAnya.jana.Azanam |
>
> पूर्व.सिद्ध.स्वभावो ऽयम् आ.देहम् न निवर्तते ॥३।८२।४०॥
>
> pUrva.siddha.svabhAva:_ayam A.deham na nivartate ||3|82|40||
>
> .
>
> A.deham na nivartate
>
> *. *
>
> rakSas.annam eva saMtuSTyai na sAmAny*a.*jana.azanam pUrv*a.*siddh*a.*svabhAva:_ayam
>
> *vlm.40. It is the food of a giant (Rakshasa) alone, that can yield me
> satisfaction, and not the little morsel of petty mortals; this is the
> innate nature of our being, and can not be done away with as long as we
> carry with us our present bodies.
>
> *sv.40 39.47 You need not afflict good people at.all. But I shall feed you
> with sinners and thieves."
>
>
>
>
>
> हेम.स्रग्.दाम.वलिता दिनानि कतिचिद् गृहे ।
>
> hema.srak.dAma.valitA dinAni katicit_gRhe |
>
> मम स्त्री.रूपिणी तिष्ठ यावद् इच्छम् अ.निन्दिते ॥३।८२।४१॥
>
> mama strI.rUpiNI tiSTha yAvat_iccham a.nindite ||3|82|41||
>
> .
>
> yAvat_iccham anindite
>
> *. *
>
> *adorned with golden garlands*
>
> *for a little while*
>
> *abide in my palace,*
>
> *in your female form*
>
> *as long as you wish, blameless lady*
>
> *.*
> *vlm.p.41 The king answered, "Ornamented with necklaces of gold, you shall
> be at liberty to remain with the ladies in my house for as many days as you
> may like to stay.
>
>
>
>
> tata:_duS.kRtina:_caurAn vadhyAn*zat*a.*sahasraza: |
>
> मण्डले*भ्य**H* समानीय ददे तुभ्यम् सु.भोजनम् ॥३।८२।४२॥
> maNDalebhya: samAnIya dade tubhyam su.bhojanam ||3|82|42||
>
> .
>
>
> *waiting to be condemned for their evil.doing,*
>
> *by the hundred thousand*
>
> *.*
>
> *I*
>
> *will round them up*
>
> *out.of my provinces.*
>
> *they will make a special feast for you*
>
> *!*
>
> tata:*.therefore/from.that.* duSkRti*.ill.doing/wickedness.*na: caura
> *.thief.*An vadhya*.to.be.killed.*At zata*.hundred.*sahasra*.thousand.*zas
> *.x.* maNDala*.territory/sphere.*ebhya: samAnIya*.bringing.back.* dade.*I.he/give.gave
> *tubhyam*.to/for.you.* su.*.x.*bhojana.*eating/enjoying.*m
>
> *. *
> *vlm.p.42 Then, for your food, I will produce the robbers and felons that
> I seize in my territories. You will have them supplied to you constantly by
> the hundreds and thousands.
>
> *.thief.*An vadhya*.to.be.killed.*At zata*.hundred.*sahasra*.thousand.*zas
> *.x.* maNDala*.territory/sphere.*ebhya: samAnIya*.bringing.back.* dade.*I.he/give.gave
> *tubhyam*.to/for.you.* su.*.x.*bhojana.*eating/enjoying.*m
>
>
>
> कान्ता.रूपम् परित्यज्य गृहीत्वा राक्षसम् व*पु**H* ।
> kAntA.rUpam parityajya gRhItvA rAkSasam vapu: |
>
> AdAya vadhyAn*zataza: puruSAn*tAn su.saMcitAn ||3|82|43||
>
> .
>
>
> *you can forgo your lovelier form*
>
> *&*
>
> *take your Demoness body*
>
> *:*
>
> *you can eat*
>
> *condemned men*
>
> *by the hundred.in <http://hundred.in>.a.bunch*
>
> *!*
>
> kAntA*.x.*rUpa*.x.*m parityajya*.xx *gRhItvA*.x.* rAkSasa*.x.*m vapu*.x.*:
>
>
> AdAya*.x.* vadhya*.x.*An zata*.x.*za:*.x.* puruSa*.x.*An tAn*.x.* su*.x.*
> saMcita*.x.*An
> .
>
> *vlm.p.43 Then you can then forsake your attractive form, resume your
> hideous rakshasi figure, and kill hundreds of those lawless men for your
> food.
>
>
>
> नयस्व हिमवच्*छृङ्गम् तत्र भुङ्क्ष्व यथासुखम् ।
>
> nayasva himavat*zRGgam tatra bhuGkSva yathAsukham |
>
> महाशनानाम् एकान्ते भोजनम् हि सुखायते ॥३।८२।४४॥
>
> mahAzanAnAm ekAnte bhojanam hi sukhAyate ||3|82|44||
>
> .
>
> *.mountain/peak.*m tatra*.there/then *bhuGkSva*.xx *yathAsukham*.as.pleasing
> *mahAzanAna*.x.*Am ekAna*.x.*te bhojana*.x.*m hi*.ergo/indeed *sukhAya
> *.x.*te
>
> *. *
>
> *take them all to*
>
> *some mountaintop somewhere*
>
> *&*
>
> *when you get there,*
>
> *you can feast on them as you wish*
>
> *: *
>
> *when it comes to your kind of feasting,*
>
> *it's more congenial to dine alone*
>
> *.*
> *vlm.p.44 Take them to the top of the snowy mountain and devour them at
> your pleasure. Great men always like to take their meals in privacy."
>
>
>
> tRptA nidrAm manAk.kRtvA bhava bhUya: samAdhi.bhAk |
>
> समाधि.विरता भूयो ऽप्य्_आगत्य पुनर् अन्यदा ॥३।८२।४५॥
>
> samAdhi.viratA bhUya:_api_Agatya punar anyadA ||3|82|45||
>
> .
>
>
> *and take a little rest*
>
> *you can again enjoy samAdhi;*
>
> *if not engaged in samAdhi*
>
> *you can return to eat some more*
>
> *.*
>
> v.tRpta*.x.*A nidrA*.x.*m manAk*.x.*kRtvA*.xx *bhava*.xx *bhUya
> *.moreover/mostly.*: samAdhi*.x.*bhAk*.x.* samAdhi*.x.*virata*.x.*A bhUya
> *.moreover/mostly.*: api*.xx .*
>
> Agatya*.xx *punar*.x. *anyadA*.x.*
>
> *. *
> *vlm.p.45 "After your recreation with that food and a short nap, you can
> resume your meditation. When you are tired with your meditation, you can
> come back to this place.
>
>
>
> न_इष्यस्य् अन्यान् वध्य.जनाद् हिंसा न_एषाम् च धर्मतः ।
>
> na_iSyasi_anyAn vadhya.janAt hiMsA* na_eSAm ca dharmata: |
>
> स्व.धर्मेण च हिंसा_एव महा.करुणाया समा ॥३।८२।४६॥
>
> sva.dharmeNa ca hiMsA_eva mahA.karuNAyA samA ||3|82|46||
>
> .
>
>
> *tho killing them is lawful*
>
> *since by your own dharma*
>
> *killing them is a great mercy*
>
> *..*
>
> na_iSyasi_anyAn_vadhy*a.*janAt hiMsA* na_eSAm ca dharmata: sva.dharmeNa
> ca hiMsA_eva mahA.karuNAyA samA
>
> *. *
> #eSa / #ayam *eSAm acc. "her" / gen. "their".
>
> *vlm. You can then take the other offenders for your slaughter; because
> the killing of culprits is not only justifiable by law, but it amounts to
> an act of mercy, to rid them (of their punishment in the next world).
>
>
> *: *
>
> *in the middle of a lampoon, *
>
> *not an ethics lesson. *
>
>
> त्वम् सम्.एष्यसि च_अवश्यम् माम् समाधि.विरागिणी ।
>
> tvam sam.eSyasi ca_avazyam mAm samAdhi.vi.rAgiNI |
>
> असताम् अपि संरूढम् सौहार्दम् न निवर्तते ॥३।८२।४७॥
>
> a.satAm api saMrUDham sauhArdam na nivartate ||3|82|47||
>
> .
>
> tvam sam.eSyasi ca_avazyam mAm samAdhi.vi.rAgiNI a.satAm api saMrUDham
> sauhArdam na nivartate
>
>
> *if so yet you will certainly return to me*
>
> *when you have no taste for samAdhi*
>
> *when the unreal bursts.forth, sprouting*
>
> *:*
>
> *for friendship does not turn.away*
>
> *.*
> *vlm.47. You must return to me when you are tired of your devotion;
> because the friendship which is formed even with the wicked, is not easily
> done away.
>
>
>
>
>
> युक्तमुक्तम् त्वया राजन् करोम्य् एवम् अहम् सुखे ।
>
> yuktamuktam tvayA rAjan karomi_evam aham sukhe |
>
> सौहार्देन प्रवृत्तस्य को वाक्यम् न_अभिनन्दति ॥३।८२।४८॥
>
> sauhArdena pravRttasya ka:_vAkyam na_abhinandati ||3|82|48||
>
> .
>
>
> *!*
>
> *I'll do just as you say, gladly*
>
> *—*
>
> *for who does not welcome a word of promise given by a friend*
>
> *?*
>
> yukta*.fit/properly.*m ukta*.said.*m / yukta*.fit/proper..x.*mukta
> *.freed/released.*m tvayA*.w.you *rAjan*.O.King/Your.Majesty.* karomi.
> *I.do/make.* evam.*so *aham*.I *sukha.*pleasure\good.space
> <http://good.space>.*e *with/by* sauhArda*.friendship.*ena *of/for*
> pravRtta*.engaged.in/become <http://engaged.in/become>.*sya ka.
> *¿who/what.**: *vAkya*.speech/saying.*m na*.not *abhinand
> *.please/praise/desire.*ati.
>
> *. *
> *vlm.48 The rakshasi replied, "You have spoken well, king, and I will do
> as you say. For who is there that will slight the words of the wise spoken
> to him in the way of friendship?"
>
> *.freed/released.*m tvayA*.w.you *rAjan*.O.King/Your.Majesty.* karomi.
> *I.do/make.* evam.*so *aham*.I *sukha.*pleasure\good.space
> <http://good.space>.*e *with/by* sauhArda*.friendship.*ena *of/for*
> pravRtta*.engaged.in/become <http://engaged.in/become>.*sya ka.
> *¿who/what.**: *vAkya*.speech/saying.*m na*.not *abhinand
> *.please/praise/desire.*ati.
>
>
>
> *VASISHTHA said—*
>
>
> इत्य् उक्त्वा राक्षसी तत्र सम्पन्ना सु.विलासिनी ।
>
> iti_uktvA rAkSasI tatra sampannA su.vilAsinI |
>
> हार.केयुर.कटक.पट्ट.स्रग्दाम.धारिणी ॥३।८२।४९॥
>
> hAra.keyura.kaTaka.paTTa.sragdAma.dhAriNI ||3|82|49||
>
> .
>
>
> *she dressed in an attractive way*
>
> *with necklaces and bracelets and fine silken cloth and lace*
>
> *.*
> iti uktvA rAkSasI tatra sampannA su.vilAsinI |
> hAra.keyura.kaTaka.paTTa.sragdAma.dhAriNI
>
> .
>
> iti_uktvA rAkSasI tatra
>
> sampannA su.vilAsinI |
>
> hAra.keyura.kaTaka.paTTa.sragdAma.dhAriNI
>
> .
>
> *VLMitra.p.49 Vasishtha said:—Saying so, the rakshasi assumed a graceful
> form and wore necklaces and bracelets, and silken robes and laces.
>
>
>
> "राजन्न् आगच्छ गच्छाम" इत्य् उक्त्वा भूप.मन्त्रिणौ ।
>
> "rAjan_Agaccha gacchAma:" iti_uktvA bhUpa.mantriNau |
>
> अग्रे गन्तुम् प्रवृत्तौ तौ रात्राव् अनुससार सा ॥३।८२।५०॥
>
> agre gantum pravRttau tau rAtrau_anu.sasAra sA ||3|82|50||
>
> .
>
>
> *"Come, let us go, Your Majestiy!"*
>
> *&*
>
> *the King and he set.forth*
>
> *ahead*
>
> *&*
>
> *she*
>
> *followed them, after, in the dark*
>
> *.*
>
> "rAjan*.x.* Agaccha*.x.* gacchAmaH*.x.* iti*.x.* uktvA*.x.* bhUpa*.x.*
> mantri*.x.*Nau | agra*.x.*e gantum*.x.* pravRtti*.x.*au tau*.x.* rAtri
> *.x.*au anu.*.x.*sasAra*.x.* sA.*she *
>
> *. *
> *vlm.50. She said, "Well raja, let us go together" and then, followed the
> footsteps of the prince and his counsellor, who walked before her and led
> the way.
>
> *AS. She said: "Come O King". The King and the Minister (bhUpamantriNau),
> having said "O.K., let's go (gacchAmaH)", started walking ahead (agre
> gantum pravRttau) and in the night (rAtrau) she followed them (sA anusasAra
> tau). * The words "rAjan AgacCha" use a singular address, and thus she
> invited just the King to come along (AgacCha). The uktvA is the preceding
> action to gantum pravRttau. The grammar requires that the subject of the
> action represented by uktvA should be the same as that of gantum pravRttau
> and this is clearly in dual, so the King and the minister are the joint
> subject in dual number. Hence the speech "gacChAmaH" (which invites all
> three to go, being plural) must be attributed to the King and the minister
> and not to karkaTI.
>
>
>
> atha te pArthiva.gRham prApya tAm rajanIm mitha: |
>
> kathayA_eka.gRhe ramye kSapayAm.Asu:_AdRtA: ||3|82|51||
>
> .
>
> rajanI*.x.*m mith*a.*:*.x.* kathayA*.x.* eka*.one.*gRha*.x.*e ramya*.x.*e
> kSapay*.x.*Am*.x.*Asu:.:*xx.* AdRta*.x.*A:
>
> *. *
>
> *and so they,*
>
> *having reached the royal palace,*
>
> *they spent the night in the company of a queen in talk*
>
> *with all its proper pleasantries*
>
> *.*
> *AS. The words are: kSapayA Sasu: (spent or literally reduced the night to
> nothing) with great respect or attention to each other (AdRtAH). This is a
> common way to use AdRtA: thinking highly of each other!
>
> *jd. in KG ed., both text and ABComm. have kSapayAm. One MW reading has
> s.s. lv, 154 ; cI, 84.
> *vlm.p.51 Having arrived at the royal residence, they passed that night
> with their agreeable meal and discourse together.
>
>
>
>
> prabhAte_anta:pure tasthau purandhrI.jana.lIlayA |
>
> राक्षसी मन्त्र.राजानौ स्व.व्यापारौ बभूव*तु**H* ॥३।८२।५२॥
> rAkSasI mantra.rAjAnau sva.vyApArau babhUvatu: ||3|82|52||
>
> .
>
>
> *came to the Inner City,*
>
> *where she was playing.at <http://playing.at> Being.a.Lady*
>
> *(altho a Demoness)*
>
> *.*
>
> *then*
>
> *she, the Minister, and King,*
>
> *pursued their private businesses*
>
> *.*
>
> prabhAte_anta:pure tasthau purandhrI.jan*a.*lIlayA rAkSasI mantr*a.*rAjAnau
> sv*a.*vyApArau babhUvatu:
> .
>
> *vlm.52. As it became morning, the Rakshasi went inside the house, and
> there remained with the women; while the prince and the minister attended
> to their business.
>
> *sv.52 49.52 She became a charming young woman and accompanied the king to
> live as his guest.
>
> *AS._. she played a woman in the house and they went about their routine
> business.
>
>
>
> ततो दिवस.षट्केन संचितानि मही.भृता ।
>
>
> नृप: पर.पुरे*भ्यो **'**पि* स्व.मण्डल.गणात् तथा ॥३।८२।५३॥
>
> nRpa: par*a.*purebhya:_api sv*a.*maNDal*a.*gaNAt tathA ||3|82|53||
>
> .
>
> *then,*
>
> *in the following six days,*
>
> *the EarthLord called a Gathering*
>
> *—*
>
> *from other cities*
>
> *as.well.as <http://as.well.as>*
>
> *from Royal City*
>
> *..*
>
> tata:_divas*a.*SaTkena saMcitAni mahI.bhRtA nRpa: par*a.*purebhy*a:_*api
> sv*a.*maNDal*a.*gaNAt tathA
>
> *. *
> *vlm.p.53 Over the course of six days, the king collected together all the
> offenders he had seized in his territory and from other parts.
>
>
>
> त्रीणि वध्य.सहस्राणि तानि तस्यै तदा ददौ ।
>
> सा बभूव निशा काले सा_एव_उग्रा कृष्ण.राक्षसी ॥३।८२।५४॥
>
> sA babhUva nizA kAle sA_eva_ugrA kRSNa.rAkSasI ||3|82|54||
>
> .
>
>
> *were condemned to death*
>
> *and all of them he gave to her*
>
> *and she became in that night time*
>
> *a very ugly BlackDemoness*
>
> *.*
>
> trINi vadhy*a.*sahasrANi tAni tasyai tadA dadau sA babhUva nizA kAle
> sA_eva_ugrA kRSNa.rAkSasI
>
> *. *
> *jd. what a crime rate there must have been in this vicious monarchy!
>
> *vlm.p.54 These amounted to three thousand heads which he gave to her. She
> resumed her fierce dark form of the black fiend of the night.
>
>
>
> तानि वध्य.सहस्राणि जग्राह भुज.मण्डले ।
>
> tAni vadhya.sahasrANi jagrAha bhuja.maNDale |
>
> धारानि.कर.जालानि मेघ.माला_इव कोटरे ॥३।८२।५५॥
>
> dhArAni.kara.jAlAni megha.mAlA_iva koTare ||3|82|55||
>
> .
>
>
> *she held in her greedy hands*
>
> *as a dark cloud holds its waterdrops*
>
> *.*
> *vlm.p.55 She laid hold of thousands of men in her extended grasp, like a
> cloud fragment holds drops of rainwater in its wide bosom.
>
> tAni vadhya.sahasrANi jagrAha bhuja.maNDale dhArAni.kara.jAlAni
> megha.mAlA_iva koTare
>
>
>
> ययौ राजानम् आपृच्छ्य तदेव हिमव च्* छिरः ।
>
> yayau rAjAnam ApRcchya tadeva himavat_zira: |
>
> दरिद्रा लब्ध.हेम_इव ग्रहेष्व्_उग्र.शरीरिणी ॥३।८२।५६॥
>
> daridrA labdha.hema_iva graheSu_ugra.zarIriNI ||3|82|56||
>
> .
>
>
> *.*
>
> *then*
>
> *on a snowy mountain.top*
>
> *like a pauper hoarding gold,*
>
> *by what was in the grasp of her Ogress.body*
>
> *..*
>
> yayau rAjAnam ApRcchya tadeva himavat_zira: daridrA labdh*a.*hema_iva
> graheSu_ugr*a.*zarIriNI
>
> *.*
> *vlm.p.56 She took leave of the king and went with her prey to the
> mountain top, just like a poor man takes gold that he happened to find in
> some hidden place.
>
>
>
> तत्र तृप्ता भृशम् भुक्त्वा सुखम् सुप्त्वा दिन.त्रयम् ।
>
> tatra tRptA bhRzam bhuktvA sukham suptvA dina.trayam |
>
> आसीत् प्रबोध.सु.स्वस्था सा समाधि.मति: पुनः ॥३।८२।५७॥
>
> AsIt prabodha.su.svasthA sA samAdhi.mati: puna: ||3|82|57||
>
> .
>
> ..
>
>
> *and there she took her rest for three full days*
>
> *:*
>
> *she became established in her awakening*
>
> *and again entered samAdhi*
>
> *.*
> *vlm._. regaining the firmness of her understanding, she was employed in
> her devotion.
>
> *vlm.p.57 For three days and nights she refreshed herself with her food
> and rested. Then regaining the firmness of her understanding, she employed
> herself in meditation.
>
>
>
> paJcabhi:_vA caturbhi:_vA varSai: sA sam.prabudhyata |
>
> तत् ततो मण्डलम् याति तेन राज.सभा.जने ॥३।८२।५८॥
>
> tat_tata:_maNDalam yAti tena rAja.sabhA.jane ||3|82|58||
>
> .
>
>
> *when five or six years passed *
>
> *she awoke*
>
> *. *
>
> *at that time she went to the Palace*
>
> *and she came before the Royal Assembly*
>
> *.*
> paJcabhi:_vA caturbhi:_vA varSai: sA sam.prabudhyata tat.tata:_maNDalam
> yAti
>
> tena rAja.sabhA.jane
>
> *vlm.p.58 After four or five or sometimes seven years passed, she used to
> get up from her tapas and return to where men live and to the court of the
> king.
>
>
>
>
> tatra vizrambh*a.*garbhAbhi: kathAbhi: kam.cit_eva sA |
> स्थित्वा कालम् गृहीत्वा तान् वध्यान् स्वास्पदम् एत्य् अथ ॥३।८२।५९॥
>
> sthitvA kAlam gRhItvA tAn vadhyAn svAspadam eti_atha ||3|82|59||
>
> .
>
>
> *—*
>
> *but now it's time again for her to grasp*
>
> *the doomed*
>
> *and fix them properly*
>
> *.*
>
> tatra vizrambh*a.*garbhAbhi: kathAbhi: kam.cit_eva sA sthitvA kAlam
>
> *vlm.p.59 There they passed some time in confidential conversation, then
> she returned with her prey of the offenders to her mountain seat.
>
>
>
> जीवन्.मुक्ततया_एवम् एव विपिने सा_अद्य_अपि रक्षो ऽङ्गना
>
> jIvan.muktatayA_evam eva vipine sA_adya_api rakSa:_aGganA
>
> तस्मिन् न_इव गिरौ स्थिता विचलित.ध्यान.एकतान.आशया ।
>
> tasmin na_iva girau sthitA vicalita.dhyAna.ekatAna.AzayA |
>
> तस्मिन् राजनि शान्तिम् आगतवति त्यक्त.एषणेन आत्मना
>
> tasmin rAjani zAntim Agatavati tyakta.eSaNena_AtmanA
>
> तद् राष्ट्र.अधिप.सौहृदै: स्वक.वलान् आस्वादयन्ती चिरम् ॥३।८२।६०॥
>
> tat_rASTra.adhipa.sauhRdai: svaka.valAn AsvAdayantI ciram ||3|82|60||
>
> .
>
>
> *no longer as she had been on her mountain*
>
> *in a thoughtless one-pointed state*
>
> *when that rAjA came to peace*
>
> *having forsaken his own desires*
>
> *she*
>
> *with her friends in government*
>
> *dwelt in peasure for a very long time*
>
> *.*
>
> jIvan*.living.*muktatA*.Free.state.*ayA evam.*so *eva*.indeed *vipina
> *.thicket/grove.*e sA*.she\it.* adya*.now *api*.even/tho *rakSa:*.demon.*
> aGganA*.girl/woman *tasmin*.there/then *na*.not *iva-*like/as.if –* girau.
> *on.mountain.*sthita*.situate/existent.*A vicalita.
> *departed/deviated.from/troubled*.dhyAna*.meditation/thott.*ekatAna.*directed.to/fixed.on.one.thing\closely.attentive
> <http://directed.to/fixed.on.one.thing%5Cclosely.attentive>.*Azaya.
> *abode.*A tasmin*.there/then *
>
> rAjani.*night to *zAnti*.peace.*m
>
> *whin* Agata.*having.come.* vat.*like*.i tyakta.*abandoned by/with *eSaNa.
> *impulse/desire.*ena AtmanA*.by/with.self *tat*.that.one *
>
> rASTra*.region/people.*adhipa.*Overlord by/with *sauhRda.*from.a.friend.*i:
> *thm* svaka*.own.things.*vala*.cave/cavern.*An
>
> AsvAdayantI*.xx*
>
> ciram*.for.long.*
> .
>
> *vlm.60. Thus freed from cares even in her lifetime, she continued to
> remain as a liberated being in that mountain &c. &c.
>
> *sv.60 58-60 After her meal she would often go into samAdhi for a few
> years at a time, before returning to normal consciousness and normal life.
>
>
> ~*adhipa.*Overlord *
>
> ~*sauhRda.*from.a.friend*
>
> ~*vala*.cave/cavern*
>
> ~*AsvAdayantI
>
>
>
> *o*ॐ*m*
>
>
>
>
>
> *A Note on WORD FORMATION:*
> <https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/yoga-vasishtha>
>
> Complete YVFiles
> https://www.dropbox.com/sh/jqx2zv9ekpnade9/ÂDi__P5w3QM0Y5kJANUFh.Ia?dl=0
> <https://www.dropbox.com/sh/jqx2zv9ekpnade9/AADi__P5w3QM0Y5kJANUFh-Ia?dl=0>
> next Canto:
>
> FM3083 THE WORSHIP OF KANDARÂ THE DEEP .z11
>
>
> https://www.dropbox.com/s/ufrpobw9ugm7hk6/fm3083%201.ag29%20THE%20WORSHIP%20OF%20kandarA%20THE%20DEEP%20.z11.docx?dl=0
>
>
> santoSaH paramo lAbhaH satsaGgaH paramA gatiH |
> vicAraH paramaM jJAnaM zamo hi paramaM sukham ||
>
> सन्तोषः परमो लाभः सत्सङ्गः परमा गतिः।
> विचारः परमं ज्ञानं शमो हि परमं सुखम्॥
> Contentment is the highest gain, Good Company the highest course,
> Enquiry the highest wisdom, and Peace the highest enjoyment.
> -- Yoga Vasishtha
>
>
> The complete YVFiles of this masterpiece can be found at
>
>> fm3082 1ag27.28 *karkaTI GOES TO COURT *.z60
>>
>> https://www.dropbox.com/s/ppxawni83e5hh1f/fm3082%201ag27.28%20karkaTI%20GOES%20TO%20COURT%20.z60.docx?dl=0
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> work in progress .v16
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> [image: http://srimadbhagavatam.org/images/caligraphy.gif]
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> *GOES TO COURT*
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> *vasiShTha** said—*
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> इति राज-मुखाच्_छ्रूत्वा कर्कटी वन-मर्कटी ।
>>
>> iti rAja-mukhAc_chrUtvA karkaTI vana-markaTI |
>>
>> अवबुद्ध-पदान्तम् स्वम् जहौ मत्सर-चापलम् ॥३।८२।१॥
>>
>> avabuddha-padAntam svam jahau matsara-cApalam ||3|82|1||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *the craven crowish karkaTI*
>>
>> *heard*
>>
>> *these words*
>>
>> *from the King's own mouth*
>>
>> *and thought.about them on her way to end her greedy selfishness*
>>
>> *.*
>> ~vlm. karkaTI ... pondered well in herself the sense of the words, and
>> forsook her levity and malice.
>>
>> sv. ... became tranquil, and her demoniacal nature left her.
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> अन्त:शीतल.ताम्_एत्य विश्रान्तिम्_अपतापताम् ।
>>
>> anta:zItala.tAm_etya vizrAntim_apatApatAm |
>>
>> प्राप्ता प्रावृण्-मयूरी इव स.ज्योत्स्नेन कुमुद्वती ॥२॥
>>
>> prAptA prAvRN-mayUrI iva sa.jyotsnena kumudvatI ||2||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *—Repose, the Heating.down—*
>>
>> *like a thirsty peahen welcoming the Rains*
>>
>> *or a pondful of lotuses touched by moonbeans*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>>
>> तथा राज-गिरा तस्या आनन्द उदभूद् भृशम् ।
>>
>> tathA rAja-girA tasyA Ananda udabhUd bhRzam |
>>
>> गर्भे_अन्त: खे बलाकाया रवेणेव वयो-मुच: ॥३॥
>>
>> garbhe_anta: khe balAkAyA raveNeva vayo-muca: ||3||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *it was*
>>
>> *when the Royal Word brought her an abundant bellyful of Joy*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *she was like a fledgling crane*
>>
>> *in the sky*
>>
>> *crying the freedom of a bird*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> *The OGRESS exclaimed—*
>>
>>
>> अहो बत पवित्रा इयम् भवतोर्_भाति शेमुषी ।
>>
>> aho bata pavitrA_iyam bhavator_bhAti zemuSI |
>>
>> अन्.अस्तमित-सारेण प्रबोध-अर्केण भासिता ॥४॥
>>
>> an.astamita-sAreNa prabodha-arkeNa bhAsitA ||4||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *O*
>>
>> *how*
>>
>> *purifying it is*
>>
>> *!*
>>
>> *from both Your Graces*
>>
>> *there shines understanding of the unsetting Essence*
>>
>> *uttered*
>>
>> *by the Sun of Realization*
>>
>> *.*
>> ~vlm. ... it glows as serenely by its inward effulgence, as it is
>> illuminated by the sun of intelligence.
>>
>>
>>
>> शीता समरसा शुद्धा ज्योत्स्नेव शशि-मण्डलात् ।
>>
>> zItA samarasA zuddhA jyotsnA_iva zazi-maNDalAt |
>>
>> विवेक-कणिकाम् श्रुत्वा भवतो हृदयाद् इयम् ॥५॥
>>
>> viveka-kaNikAm zrutvA bhavato_ hRdayAd_iyam ||5||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *equable,*
>>
>> *pure as the light of the Rabbit.in.the.Moon ,*
>>
>> *having heard this*
>>
>> *Item of Discernment*
>>
>> *from the heart of Your Beingnesses*
>>
>> *. *
>> ~vlm. Hearing the grains (words) of your reasoning...
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> विवेकिनो जगत्-पूज्या: सेव्या मन्ये भवादृशा: ।
>>
>> vivekina: jagat-pUjyA: sevyA_ manye bhavAdRzA: |
>>
>> सत्सङ्गात् स.विकासास्मि चन्द्रेणेव कुसुद्वती ॥६॥
>>
>> satsaGgAt_sa.vikAsA_asmi candreNa_Iva kusudvatI ||6||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *is to be honored and served in the world*
>>
>> *by the discerning,*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *or so*
>>
>> *I*
>>
>> *think*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *for thru such good company*
>>
>> *I have been brought to blossom*
>>
>> *as a white lotus is by the Royal Moon*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> सौरभम् कुसुमासङ्गाद् एव सत्सङ्गमाच् छुभम् ।
>>
>> वर्तते ह्य् अर्क-संपर्काद् विकासो अम्बु-रुहाम् इव ॥७॥
>>
>> saurabham kusumÂsaGgAd eva satsaGgamAc_chubham | vartate
>> hy_arka-samparkAd_vikAso_ ambu-ruhAm_iva ||7||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *fragrance comes from contact with the blossom,*
>>
>> *so*
>>
>> *good company brings blessing*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *contact with the sun*
>>
>> *brings the lotus-bud into bloom*
>>
>> *.*
>> ~vlm.7. The society of the virtuous, scatters its blessings, as a flower
>> garden spreads its fragrance all around ....
>>
>>
>>
>> महताम् एव संपर्कात् पुनर् दुःखम् न बाधते ।
>>
>> mahatAm eva samparkAt punar du:kham na bAdhate |
>>
>> को हि दीप-शिखा.हस्त=तमसा परिभूयते ॥८॥
>>
>> ko hi dIpa-zikhA.hasta=tamasA paribhUyate ||8||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *sorrow doesnt trouble U again*
>>
>> *& *
>>
>> *so*
>>
>> *with your candle in my hand*
>>
>> *the darkness*
>>
>> *is*
>>
>> *subdued*
>>
>> *.*
>> ~sv.8 6-8 One who enjoys the company of enlightened men does not suffer
>> in this world, even as one who holds a candle in his hand does not see
>> darkness anywhere.
>>
>> ~vlm.8. Society with the good and great, dispels all our woes; as a lamp
>> in the hand, disperses the surrounding darkness.
>>
>> *jd. so getting the mere company of great ones, sorrow won't again
>> trouble you, for a candle in the hand overcomes the darkness.
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> मया_इमौ जङ्गल-प्राप्तौ भवन्तौ भूमि-भास्करौ ।
>>
>> mayA_imau jaGgala-prAptau bhavantau bhUmi-bhAskarau |
>>
>> पूजनीयाव्_अत : शीघ्रम्_ईहितम् कथ्यताम् शुभम् ॥९॥
>>
>> pUjanIyAv_ata : zIghram_Ihitam kathyatAm zubham ||9||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *jungle.caught Beingnesses*
>>
>> *two suns over the land*
>>
>> *are to be honored*
>>
>> *so*
>>
>> *quickly*
>>
>> *tell me what you wish*
>> .
>>
>> ~vlm.9. I have fortunately obtained you as two great lights in this
>> forest; you both are entitled to my reverence here, and deign now to
>> acquaint me, with the good intent which has brought you hither.
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> अस्मिन्_जनपदे रक्ष:कुल=कानन-मञ्जरि ।
>>
>> asmin_janapade rakSa:kula=kAnana-maJjari |
>>
>> जनस्य बाधते_ऽत्यन्तम् सदा हृदय-शूलनम् ॥१०॥
>>
>> janasya bAdhate_'tyantam sadA hRdaya-zUlanam ||
>>
>> 10
>>
>> ||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *you*
>>
>> *are a blossom in the forest of the rakSha.Demon tribe*
>>
>> *for us*
>>
>> *for there is*
>>
>> *a serious problem for the people of my country,*
>>
>> *a constant pain in the Heart*
>>
>> *. *
>> sv. ... rheumatic heart troubles.
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> यत: सर्वैव जनता तप्ता दृढ-विषूचिका ।
>>
>> मण्डले ननु तेन_अहम् निर्गतो रात्रि-चर्यया ॥११॥
>>
>> yata: sarvA_eva janatA taptA dRDha-viSUcikA | maNDale nanu tena_aham
>> nirgato_ rAtri-caryayA ||11||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *this*
>>
>> *vishUchikA.Plague*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *so*
>>
>> *I've come on night patrol to deal with it*
>>
>> *.*
>> ~vlm.11. It is the obdurate disease of Vishuchi or cholic pain... ~sv.11
>> In the country there is also an epidemic of cholera.
>>
>> ~VA. here, the king just states the disease, caused by viSUcika, or he
>> actually knows this is she, who stands in front? She did not introduce
>> herself? ~AS. I don't think he knows any specific connection. -- As all the
>> people are upset with established disease in our neighborhood, I indeed
>> stepped out to move about at night (to investigate).
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> शूलादि हृदये नॄणाम् न शाम्यति यद् औषधै: ।
>>
>> ततो_अहम् त्वद्-विध-प्रोक्त-मन्त्रार्थेन विनिर्गत: ॥१२॥
>>
>> zUla.Adi hRdaye nRRNAm na zAmyati yad_auSadhai: | tato_aham
>> tvad.vidha-prokta-mantra-arthena i.nirgata: ||12||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *in the heart of humans*
>>
>> *cannot be staunched by herbs*
>>
>> *then*
>>
>> *am*
>>
>> *I*
>>
>> *—being a stand.in <http://stand.in> for a Spell—*
>>
>> *come forth*
>>
>> *.*
>> ~vlm.12. This cholic pain is not removed from the hearts of men by any
>> medicine, so I have come out in search of the mantra revealed to her for
>> its cure.
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> त्वादृशस्य च लोकस्य मुग्ध-लोकाभिघातिन: ।
>>
>> निग्रहार्थम् प्रवृत्तिर् मे सा च संपत्तिम् एत्य् अलम् ॥१३॥
>>
>> tvAdRzasya ca lokasya mugdha-loka-abhighAtina: | nigraha-artham
>> pravRttir_me sA ca sampattim_ety_alam ||13||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *people like U*
>>
>> *prey on the innocent*
>>
>> *and*
>>
>> *my job is to put you under lock and key*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *that's what I'm about to do*
>>
>> *!*
>> ~vlm. ... and this is all that I have to tell thee and do in this place.
>>
>> ~AS. I am ready to arrest (nigrahArtham pravRttir me) people like you who
>> murder innocent people, and it works well (sA ca sampattim eti alam - as I
>> am about to grab you!)
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> एतावद् एव च शुभे त्वया अङ्गी-क्रियताम् वच: ।
>>
>> etAvad eva ca zubhe tvayA aGgI-kriyatAm vaca: |
>>
>> भूयो भवत्या प्राणा हि हिंसनीया न कस्यचित् ॥१४॥
>>
>> bhUyo bhavatyA prANA hi hiMsanIyA na kasyacit ||14||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *to have your word of agreement as to people's lives*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *no more,*
>>
>> *Madam,*
>>
>> *no more killing anyhow,*
>>
>> *OK*
>>
>> *?*
>> ~sv.14 13-14 My humble submission to you is this: do not take the life of
>> any of my people.
>>
>> ~vlm.14. Therefore, O good lady! do thou promise to me in thy own words,
>> that thou shalt never injure any living being in future.
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> बाढम्_एवं_करोम्य्_अद्य-प्रभृत्य्_अवितथम् प्रभो ।
>>
>> bADham_evaM_karomy_adya-prabhRty_avitatham prabho |
>>
>> सत्यम्_एव न किंचिद्-द्_हि हिंसनीयम् मया अधुना ॥१५॥
>>
>> satyam_eva na kim.cid-d_hi hiMsanIyam mayA adhunA ||15||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *make this solemn pledge*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *from now on*
>>
>> *henceforth without fail,*
>>
>> *Lord,*
>>
>> *I*
>>
>> *will absolutely truly never kill*
>>
>> *anything*
>>
>> *at.all*
>>
>> *!*
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> *The rAjA*King replied—*
>>
>>
>> यद्य्_एवम् फुल्ल-पद्म=अक्षी पर-देह=एक-भोजने ।
>>
>> yady_evam phulla-padma=akSI para-deha=eka-bhojane |
>>
>> किम् स्याच्_छरीर-वृत्त्यै ते स्थिताया मत्-समीहिते ॥१६॥
>>
>> kim syAc_charIra-vRttyai te sthitAyA mat-samIhite ||16||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *if*
>>
>> *this be so*
>>
>> *then*
>>
>> *tell me this*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *how will you get your living if you live according.with my wish*
>>
>> *?*
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> *The OGRESS**—*
>>
>>
>> षड्भिर् मासैर् गिरौ राजन् प्रबुद्धाया: समाधित: ।
>>
>> SaDbhir_mAsair_girau rAjan_prabuddhAyA: samAdhita: |
>>
>> ज्ञाता भोजन-संकल्पाद् भोजनेच्छेयम् अद्य मे ॥१७॥
>>
>> jJAtA bhojana-samkalpAd_bhojana-icchA_iyam_adya me ||17||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *Your Majesty,*
>>
>> *I arose from `samAdhi*
>>
>> *as the Knower of the idea of eating*
>>
>> *but*
>>
>> *from now on the desire to eat is gone for me*
>>
>> *.*
>> ~vlm.17. The Rakshasi replied:--It is now passed six months, O prince!
>> that I have risen from my entranced meditation, and fostered my desire for
>> food, which I wholly renounce today.
>>
>>
>>
>> इदानीम् शिखरम् गत्वा तद् एव ध्यान-निश्चला । यावद् इच्छम् सुखेन आसे सजीवा
>> शाल-भञ्जिका ॥१८॥
>>
>> idAnIm zikharam gatvA tad eva dhyAna-nizcalA | yAvad iccham sukhena Ase
>> sajIvA zAla-bhaJjikA ||18||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *having gone to the mountain*
>>
>> *let*
>>
>> *That*
>>
>> *alone*
>>
>> *be my firm meditation,*
>>
>> *wherein I am as happy as I wish to be,*
>>
>> *like a living statue*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> आ.मृतीम् धरणाम् बद्ध्वा धारयामि शरीरकम् ।
>>
>> A.mRtIm dharaNAm baddhvA dhArayAmi zarIrakam |
>>
>> यथेच्छम् अथ कालेन त्यक्ष्यामीति मतिर् मम ॥१९॥
>>
>> yathA.iccham_atha kAlena tyakSyAmi_iti matir_mama ||19||
>>
>> .
>>
>> zarIrakam – *I support an embodiment = *yathA iccham atha kAlena – *as
>> desired then thru time = *tyakSyAmi iti matir mama – *I'll let it go.
>> such is my mind. *
>> ~vlm.19. I will restrain myself by unshaken meditation until my death,
>> and then I shall quit this body in its time with gladness. This is my
>> resolution.
>>
>> ~sv.19 16-20 Now, please tell me: how shall I recompense you for your
>> kindness and appease your hunger?"
>>
>> zarIrakam – *I support an embodiment = *yathA iccham atha kAlena – *as
>> desired then thru time = *tyakSyAmi iti matir mama – *I'll let it go.
>> such is my mind. *
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> आ.शरीर-परित्यागम्_इदानीम् न मया नृप । हिंसनीया: पर-प्राणास् तेन इदम् मद्-
>> वच: शृणु ॥२०॥
>>
>> A.zarIra-parityAgam_idAnIm na mayA nRpa | hiMsanIyA:
>> para-prANAs_tena_idam mad-vaca: zRNu ||20||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *from-now-on, forever,*
>>
>> *not by me,*
>>
>> *Lord of the Earth,*
>>
>> *will any harm be caused*
>>
>> *to any breathing creature*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *these are the words I have to say*
>>
>> *.*
>> ~vlm. ... you may rely assured upon my word.
>>
>>
>>
>> +
>>
>>
>>
>> हिमवान्_नाम शैलो_ऽस्ति शरच्-चन्द्र.अंशु=निर्मल: ।
>>
>> य_ उत्तर-आशा-हृदये स्पृष्ट-पूर्व-अ.पर-अर्णव: ॥२१॥
>>
>> himavAn_nAma zailo_'sti zarac-candra.aMzu=nirmala: | ya_
>> uttara-AzA-hRdaye spRSTa-pUrva-a.para-arNava: ||21||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *Mount Snowy,*
>>
>> *spotless as an autumn-moon.beam*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *its range is in the heart of the Northern Quarter*
>>
>> *and reaches the oceans on each side*
>>
>> *.*
>> ~vlm.21. There is the mount Himalaya by name, standing in the heart of
>> the northern region, and stretching in one sweep, from the eastern to
>> western main.
>>
>>
>>
>> तत्राहम् निवसाम्य् अग्रे हेम-शृङ्ग-दरी-गृहे ।
>>
>> आयसी मेघ-लेखा इव कर्कटी-नाम राक्षसी ॥२२॥
>>
>> tatra_aham nivasAmy agre hema-zRGga-darI.gRhe | AyasI megha-lekhA_iva
>> karkaTI-nAma rAkSasI ||22||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *on top of Old Snowy*
>>
>> *I*
>>
>> *dwell*
>>
>> *in a cave cloven out.of the gold.laden peak*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *I am*
>>
>> *a metal streak,*
>>
>> *and*
>>
>> *as an Ogress*
>>
>> *they call me Crabby karkaTI*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> तपसा_उपार्जितो ब्रह्मा जनता-मरण-इच्छया ।
>>
>> tapasA_upArjito brahmA janatA-maraNa-icchayA |
>>
>> विषुचिका प्राण-हरा स्याम् सूच्यात्मेति भो मया ॥२३॥
>>
>> viSucikA prANa-harA syAm sUcyAtm_eti bho mayA ||23||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *given*
>>
>> *by brahmA the Immense*
>>
>> *so wishing for the death of people*
>>
>> *I am*
>>
>> *`vishUchikA*
>>
>> *the life-destroyer*
>>
>> *(as my `sUchI.Needle-self became for me)*
>>
>> *.*
>> ~vlm.23. There I obtained the sight of Brahma by the austerityof my
>> devotion; and expressed my desire of killing mankind, in the shape of a
>> destructive needle.
>>
>>
>>
>> तस्मात् संप्राप्त-वरया बहून् वर्ष-गणान् मया ।
>>
>> tasmAt samprApta-varayA bahUn varSa-gaNAn mayA |
>>
>> भुक्ता विषुचिकात्वेन जनता जीव-बाधनै: ॥२४॥
>>
>> bhuktA viSucikAtvena janatA jIva-bAdhanai: ||24||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *many cycles of seasons were enjoyed by my `vishuchikA.ness*
>>
>> *afflicting many lives of the people*
>>
>> *.*
>> ~vlm.24. I obtained the boon accordingly, and passed a great many years
>> in the act of afflicting living brings, and feeding upon their entrails in
>> the form of the cholic pain.
>>
>> ~sv.24 From the creator BrahmA I obtained a boon, as a result of which I
>> became a needle (and also the cholera virus); as such I brought untold
>> misery to people.
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> त्वया न गुणिने हिंस्या इति मे ब्रह्मणा तत: ।
>>
>> नियम-अर्थम् महा-मन्त्रस्_तद्_आयत्ता अस्मि संस्थिता ॥२५॥
>>
>> "tvayA na guNine hiMsyA_" iti me brahmaNA tata: | niyama-artham
>> mahA-mantras_tad_AyattA_asmi samsthitA ||25||
>>
>>
>> *so *brahmA told me then,*
>>
>> *and so the control of my Great Spell*
>>
>> *I came to understand*
>>
>> *.*
>> ~vlm.25. I was then prohibited by Brahma to kill the learned, and was
>> instructed in the great mantra for my observance.
>>
>> ~sv.25 25-28 Brahma, however, also evolved a mantra by which alone I am
>> brought under control.
>>
>>
>>
>> सो_अयम् प्रगृह्यताम् तेन सर्वम् हृदय-शूलनम् ।
>>
>> so_ayam pragRhyatAm tena sarvam hRdaya-zUlanam |
>>
>> शमम् एष्यति लोके_अस्मात् का कथा मत्-कृते भ्रमे ॥२६॥
>>
>> zamam eSyati loke_asmAt kA kathA mat-kRte bhrame ||26||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *you employ*
>>
>> *something that brings to peace*
>>
>> *every*
>>
>> *affliction of the heart,*
>>
>> *what could remain that you would call*
>>
>> *trouble*
>>
>> *that has been made by me*
>>
>> *?*
>> ~AS. That (mantra) should be taken up (sa: ayam pratigRhyatAm), by
>> that.all pain in the heart will subside in this world, what to talk of
>> stupor caused by me! -- In other words, the powerful mantra will cure
>> everything, including my doings!
>>
>> ~vlm.26. He then gave me the power of piercing the hearts of men, with
>> some other diseases which infest all mankind.
>>
>>
>>
>> विततैवास्मि हिंसायाम् यत् पुरा हिंसितम् मया ।
>>
>> जनस्य हृदयम् तेन नाड्यो वैधुर्यम् आगता: ॥२७॥
>>
>> vitatA_eva_asmi himsAyAm yat purA himsitam mayA | janasya hRdayam tena
>> nADyo_ vaidhuryam AgatA: ||27||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *spread-about*
>>
>> *doing my harm*
>>
>> *and what has once been harmed by me,*
>>
>> *the hearts of people,*
>>
>> *thereby they get*
>>
>> *constriction of the arteries*
>>
>> *.*
>> ~vlm.27. I spread myself far and wide in my malice, and sucked the heart
>> blood of men, which dried up their veins and arteries; and emaciated their
>> bodies.
>>
>> ~VA. I was so spread out in my harming ways, harming people’s hearts and
>> causing channels (arteries) troubles. ~AS. I have been involved with
>> extensive harm; due to the damage caused by me to the hearts of the people
>> in the past, their bodily channels (nADya: - can be blood vessels or any
>> other channels in the body as seen elsewhere in this book) are without
>> control.
>>
>>
>>
>> हिंसित्वा रक्त-माम्सानि सम्त्यक्ता ये महाजना: ।
>>
>> तेभ्यो_ विधुर-नाडीभ्यो_ ये जातास्_ते_ऽपि तादृशा: ॥२८॥
>>
>> hiMsitvA rakta-mAmsAni samtyaktA ye mahAjanA: | tebhyo_ vidhura-nADIbhyo_
>> ye jAtAs_te_'pi tAdRzA: ||28||
>>
>> himsitvA rakta-mAMsAni –
>>
>>
>> *which great people have forsaken *
>>
>> samtyaktA: ye mahAjanA: -
>>
>> tebhya: - *thru them = *
>> vidhura-nADIbhya: -
>>
>> ye jAtAs te_api tAdRzA: -
>>
>> ~vlm.28. Those whom I left alive after devouring their flesh and blood,
>> they begat a race as lean and veinless as they had become themselves.
>>
>> miserable, helpless • depressed, dejected (vidhuram ind.) • adverse,
>> unfavourable, hostile • m. a widower • n. calamity, distress. - *y1027.041
>>
>>
>>
>> राजन् विषूचिका-मन्त्र: सो_अयम् संपन्न एव ते ।
>>
>> rAjan viSUcikA-mantra: so_ayam sampanna eva te |
>>
>> नहि सत्त्ववताम् अस्ति दुः.साध्यम् इह किंचन ॥२९॥
>>
>> nahi sattvavatAm asti du:.sAdhyam iha kiMcana ||29||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *rAjA*
>>
>> *this.here *viShUchikA.mantra*
>>
>> *once it is got by you*
>>
>> *there is nothing in the world too* *hard for you to get here anyhow*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *rAjA,*
>>
>> *once this viShUchikA spell has been received by you*
>>
>> *there is nothing good whatever that is hard to attain*
>>
>> *.*
>> ~vlm.p.29 "You will be successful, O happy king, in getting the mantra
>> for driving away cholera pain, because there is nothing impossible that the
>> wise and strong cannot attain.
>>
>>
>>
>> अतो दुर्.नाडि-कोशेषु शूलानाम् परिशान्तये ।
>>
>> ato dur.nADi-kozeSu zUlAnAm parizAntaye |
>>
>> मन्त्रो यो ब्रह्मणा प्रोक्तो राजञ्_शीघ्रम् गृहाण तम् ॥३०॥
>>
>> mantro yo brahmaNA prokto rAjaJ_zIghram gRhANa tam ||30||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *take it,*
>>
>> *Your Majesty,*
>>
>> *this mantra which was uttered by brahmA*
>>
>> *to relieve the pain of swollen arteries*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *Your Majesty,*
>>
>> *take it for your own*
>>
>> *!*
>> vlm. ... for removal of the cholic pain, from the cells of arteries
>> vitiated by visuchicu.
>>
>>
>>
>> आगच्छ निकटम् नद्या गच्छामस् तत्र भूमिप ।
>>
>> स्वाचान्ताभ्याम् संयताभ्याम् भवद्भ्याम् सुमता ददे ॥३१॥
>>
>> Agaccha nikaTam nadyA gacchAmas tatra bhUmipa | svAcAntAbhyAm
>> samyatAbhyAm bhavadbhyAm sumatA dade ||31||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *let's go down there by the river,*
>>
>> *EarthLord,*
>>
>> *and we'll bathe together,*
>>
>> *Your Graces,*
>>
>> *and I'll gladly give it to you*
>>
>> *.*
>> ~vlm.31. Now advance towards me, and let us go to the neighbouring river;
>> and there initiate you with the mantra, after you both are prepared to
>> receive it by your ablution and purification.
>>
>> ~AS. Come, let us go to the river, there, O King to you two honorable
>> ones bhavadbhyAm) who have done the proper ablution (Acamana - thus
>> su+AcAntAbhyAm) and are in proper pose (samyatAbhyAm) I will happily
>> (sumatA) give (dade) - the mantra.
>>
>>
>>
>> इति तस्याम् तदा रात्र्याम् राक्षसी-मन्त्रि-भूभृत: ।
>>
>> iti tasyAm tadA rAtryAm rAkSasI-mantri-bhUbhRta: |
>>
>> जग्मुस् ते सरितस्तिरम् मिथ: संजात-सौहृदा: ॥३२॥
>>
>> jagmus te saritastiram mitha: samjAta-sauhRdA: ||32||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *then*
>>
>> *that very night*
>>
>> *they came*
>>
>> *—the Demoness, the Minister, His Majesty the Bearer of the Earth**—*
>>
>> *together*
>>
>> *on a riverbank*
>>
>> *like a meeting of old friends*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>>
>> अन्वय-व्यतिरेकेण राक्षस्या: सौहृदम् तदा ।
>>
>> ज्ञात्वा स्थितौ तौ स्वाचान्ताव् उभाव् अन्तेनिवासिनौ ॥३३॥
>>
>> anvaya-vyatirekeNa rAkSasyA: sauhRdam tadA | jJAtvA sthitau tau svAcAntAv
>> ubhAv antenivAsinau ||33||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *having considered the pros and cons of the Demoness's friendship,*
>>
>> *the two remained nearby,*
>>
>> *making their ablutions*
>>
>> *.*
>> ~vlm.p.33 These two men, being sure of the rakshasi’s friendship by both
>> affirmative and negative proofs, made their ablutions and stood on the
>> river bank.
>>
>>
>>
>> तया ब्रह्मअ-उपदिष्टो_ऽसौ ततस्_ताभ्याम् यथाक्रमम् ।
>>
>> स्नेहाद्_विषूचिका-मन्त्र: प्रदत्तो जप-सिद्धद: ॥३४॥
>>
>> tayA brahmA-upadiSTo_asau tatas_tAbhyAm yathAkramam |
>> snehAd_viSUcikA-mantra: pradatto japa-siddhada: ||34||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *this mantra*
>>
>> *(taught by brahmA to her)*
>>
>> *to them,*
>>
>> *each in turn according.with-rank*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *lovingly*
>>
>> *the vishUchikA-mantra was bestowed on them,*
>>
>> *to be empowered by repetition*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>>
>> तत: सम्जात-सौहार्दौ तौ विसृज्य निशाचरी ।
>>
>> tata: samjAta-sauhArdau tau visRjya nizAcarI |
>>
>> यदा गन्तुम् प्रवृत्ता_असौ तदा राजा_अब्रवीद्_वच: ॥३५॥
>>
>> yadA gantum pravRttA_asau tadA rAjA_abravId_vaca: ||35||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *that old NightRover tried to slip away from the two friends*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *but they stopped her*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> *The King declared—*
>>
>>
>> गुरुस् त्वम् नौ महादेहे वयस्या च सुनिर्वृता । निमन्त्रयावहे यत्नाद्
>> ग्रसाय तव सुन्दरि ॥३६॥
>>
>> gurus tvam nau mahAdehe vayasyA ca sunirvRtA | nimantrayAvahe yatnAd
>> grasAya tava sundari ||36||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> vayasyA ca su-nirvRtA *- x =*
>>
>> nimantrayAvahe yatnAt *- x =*
>>
>> grasAya tava - *x = *
>>
>> sundari *– x.*
>> ~vlm. O you of gigantic stature! you have become our preceptor by your
>> teaching us the mantra, we invite you with affection, to take your repast
>> with us tonight.
>>
>> ~sv.36 The grateful KING said to karkaTI: "O kind lady, now you have
>> become my guru and friend.
>>
>>
>>
>> न चास्मत् प्रणयम् प्रीता वितथी-कर्तुम् अर्हसि ।
>>
>> na ca_asmat praNayam prItA vitathI-kartum arhasi |
>>
>> सौहार्दम् सुजनानाम् हि दर्शनाद् एव वर्धते ॥३७॥
>>
>> sauhArdam sujanAnAm hi darzanAd eva vardhate ||37||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *dear girl,*
>>
>> *you*
>>
>> *shouldn't ever let it go-to-waste*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *the friendship of good hearts grows with familiarity*
>>
>> *.*
>> ~AS. You , who are pleased (prItA) should not make (na arhasi) our love
>> for you (asmat-praNayam) go to waste (vitathIkartum).
>>
>>
>>
>> लघु-सौभाग्य-संयुक्तम् कृत्वा आकारम् मनोरमम् ।
>>
>> laghu-saubhAgya-samyuktam kRtvA AkAram manoramam |
>>
>> आगच्छास्मद्-गृहम् भद्र तत्र तिष्ठ यथासुखम् ॥३८॥
>>
>> AgacchAsmad-gRham bhadra tatra tiSTha yathAsukham ||38||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *more beautiful*
>>
>> *come to our House, dear girl, and stay as long as you please*
>>
>> *. *
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> *The OGRESS said—*
>>
>>
>> मुग्ध-स्त्री-रूप-धारिण्ये दातुम् शक्तो_ऽसि भोजनम् ।
>>
>> mugdha-strI-rUpa-dhAriNye dAtum zakto_'si bhojanam |
>>
>> सम्तर्पयसि माम् केन राक्षस-आकार-धारिणीम् ॥३९॥
>>
>> samtarpayasi mAm kena rAkSasa-AkAra-dhAriNIm ||39||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *if I looked like one of your pleasure girls,*
>>
>> *you could give me a proper feast*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *but*
>>
>> *how can you satisfy me,*
>>
>> *when I am in the body of a Demoness*
>>
>> *?*
>> ~vlm. ... what entertainment can you give to my satisfaction? I am a
>> cannibal by nature!
>>
>>
>>
>> रक्षो_अन्नम्_एव संतुष्ट्यै न सामान्यजनाशनम् ।
>>
>> पूर्व-सिद्ध-स्वभावो_अयम्_आदेहम् न निवर्तते ॥४०॥
>>
>> rakSo_annam_eva samtuSTyai na sAmAnyajanAzanam |
>> pUrva-siddha-svabhAvo_ayam_Adeham na nivartate ||40||
>>
>> .
>>
>> rakSas-annam eva samtuSTyai - x = na sAmAnya-jana-azanam - x =
>> pUrva-siddha-svabhAvo_ayam - x = Adeham na nivartate – x.
>>
>> ~vlm.40. It is the food of a giant (Rakshasa) alone, that can yield me
>> satisfaction, and not the little morsel of petty mortals; this is the
>> innate nature of our being, and can not be done away with as long as we
>> carry with us our present bodies.
>>
>> ~sv.40 39-47 You need not afflict good people at.all. But I shall feed
>> you with sinners and thieves."
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> हेम-स्रग्-दाम-वलिता दिनानि कतिचिद् गृहे । मम स्त्री-रूपिणी तिष्ठ यावद्
>> इच्छम् अनिन्दिते ॥४१॥
>>
>> hema-srag-dAma-valitA dinAni katicid gRhe | mama strI-rUpiNI tiSTha yAvad
>> iccham anindite ||41||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *for a little while*
>>
>> *abide in my palace,*
>>
>> *in your female form*
>>
>> *as long as you wish, blameless lady*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>>
>> ततो दुष्कृतिनश् चौरान् वध्याञ् छत-सहस्रश: ।
>>
>> tato duS.kRtinaz_caurAn_vadhyAJ_chata-sahasraza: |
>>
>> मण्डलेभ्य: समानीय ददे तुभ्यम् सुभोजनम् ॥४२॥
>>
>> maNDalebhya: samAnIya dade tubhyam su.bhojanam ||42||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *waiting to be condemned for their evil-doing,*
>>
>> *by the hundred thousand*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *I*
>>
>> *will round them up*
>>
>> *out.of my provinces.*
>>
>> *they will make a special feast for you*
>>
>> *!*
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> कान्ता-रूपम् परित्यज्य गृहीत्वा राक्षसम् वपु: ।
>>
>> kAntA-rUpam parityajya gRhItvA rAkSasam vapu: |
>>
>> आदाय वध्याञ् छतश: पुरुषांस् तान् सु.संचितान् ॥४३॥
>>
>> AdAya vadhyAJ chataza: puruSAMs tAn su.samcitAn ||43||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *you can forgo your lovelier form*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *take your Demoness body*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *you can eat*
>>
>> *condemned men*
>>
>> *by the hundred-in-a-bunch*
>>
>> *!*
>>
>>
>> नयस्व हिमवच्-छृङ्गम् तत्र भुङ्क्ष्व यथासुखम् ।
>>
>> nayasva himavac-chRGgam tatra bhuGkSva yathAsukham |
>>
>> महाशनानाम् एकान्ते भोजनम् हि सुखायते ॥४४॥
>>
>> mahAzanAnAm ekAnte bhojanam hi sukhAyate ||44||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *some mountaintop somewhere*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *when you get there,*
>>
>> *you can feast on them as you wish*
>>
>> *: *
>>
>> *when it comes to your kind of feasting,*
>>
>> *it's more congenial to dine alone*
>>
>> *.*
>> *vlm. ... great men always like to take their meals in privacy.
>>
>>
>>
>> तृप्ता निद्राम् मनाक्.कृत्वा भव भूय: समाधिभाक् ।
>>
>> tRptA nidrAm manAk.kRtvA bhava bhUya: samAdhibhAk |
>>
>> समाधि-विरता भूयो_अप्य् आगत्य पुनर् अन्यदा ॥४५॥
>>
>> samAdhi-viratA bhUyo_apy Agatya punar anyadA ||45||
>>
>>
>> *and take a little rest*
>>
>> *you can again enjoy samAdhi;*
>>
>> *if not engaged in samAdhi*
>>
>> *you can return to eat some more*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>>
>> नेष्यस्य् अन्यान् वध्य-जनात् हिंसा नैषाम् च धर्मत: ।
>>
>> na_iSyasy anyAn vadhya-janAt hiMsA naiSAm ca dharmata: |
>>
>> स्व.धर्मेण च हिंसैव महा-करुणाया समा ॥४६॥
>>
>> sva.dharmeNa ca hiMsaiva mahA-karuNAyA samA ||46||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *tho killing them is lawful*
>>
>> *since by your own dharma*
>>
>> *killing them is a great mercy*
>>
>> *...*
>> ~vlm. You can then take the other offenders for your slaughter; because
>> the killing of culprits is not only justifiable by law, but it amounts to
>> an act of mercy, to rid them (of their punishment in the next world).
>>
>>
>> *: *
>>
>> *in the middle of a lampoon, *
>>
>> *not an ethics lesson. *
>>
>>
>> त्वम् समेष्यसि चावश्यम् माम् समाधि-विरागिणी ।
>>
>> असताम् अपि संरुढम् सौहार्दम् न निवर्तते ॥४७॥
>>
>> tvam sam.eSyasi ca_avazyam mAm samAdhi-virAgiNI | a.satAm api samrUDham
>> sauhArdam na nivartate ||47||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *when you have no taste for samAdhi*
>>
>> *when the unreal bursts.forth, sprouting*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *for friendship does not turn.away*
>>
>> *.*
>> ~vlm.47. You must return to me when you are tired of your devotion;
>> because the friendship which is formed even with the wicked, is not easily
>> done away.
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> युक्तमुक्तम् त्वया राजन् करोम्य् एवम् अहम् सुखे ।
>>
>> yuktamuktam tvayA rAjan_karomy_evam_aham sukhe |
>>
>> सौहार्देन प्रवृत्तस्य को वाक्यम् नाभिनन्दति ॥४८॥
>>
>> sauhArdena pravRttasya ko_ vAkyam na_abhinandati ||48||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *!*
>>
>> *I'll do just as you say, gladly*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *for who does not welcome a word of promise given by a friend*
>>
>> *?*
>> ~vlm.48 The rakshasi replied, "You have spoken well, king, and I will do
>> as you say. For who is there that will slight the words of the wise spoken
>> to him in the way of friendship?"
>>
>>
>>
>> इत्य् उक्त्वा राक्षसी तत्र संपन्ना सुविलासिनी ।
>>
>> ity uktvA rAkSasI tatra sampannA suvilAsinI |
>>
>> हार-केयुर-कटक-पट्ट-स्रग्दामधारिणी ॥४९॥
>>
>> hAra-keyura-kaTaka-paTTa-sragdAma-dhAriNI ||49||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *she dressed in an attractive way*
>>
>> *with necklaces and bracelets and fine silken cloth and lace*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>>
>> राजन्-न् आगच्छ गच्छाम इत्य् उक्त्वा भूप-मन्त्रिणौ ।
>>
>> अग्रे गन्तुम् प्रवृत्तौ तौ रात्राव् अनुससार सा ॥५०॥
>>
>> "rAjan.n_Agaccha gacchAma" ity_uktvA bhUpa-mantriNau | agre gantum
>> pravRttau tau rAtrAv_anusasAra sA ||50||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *"Come, let us go, Your Majestiy!"*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *the King and he set-forth*
>>
>> *ahead*
>>
>> *&*
>>
>> *she*
>>
>> *followed them, after, in the dark*
>>
>> *.*
>> ~vlm.50. She said, "Well raja, let us go together" and then, followed the
>> footsteps of the prince and his counsellor, who walked before her and led
>> the way.
>>
>> ~AS. She said: "Come O King". The King and the Minister (bhUpamantriNau),
>> having said "O.K., let's go (gacchAmaH)", started walking ahead (agre
>> gantum pravRttau) and in the night (rAtrau) she followed them (sA anusasAra
>> tau). * The words "rAjan AgacCha" use a singular address, and thus she
>> invited just the King to come along (AgacCha).. The uktvA is the preceding
>> action to gantum pravRttau. The grammar requires that the subject of the
>> action represented by uktvA should be the same as that of gantum pravRttau
>> - and this is clearly in dual, so the King and the minister are the joint
>> subject in dual number. Hence the speech "gacChAmaH" (which invites all
>> three to go, being plural) must be attributed to the King and the minister
>> and not to karkaTI.
>>
>>
>>
>> अथ ते पार्थिव-गृहम् प्राप्य ताम् रजनीम् मिथ: ।
>>
>> atha te pArthiva-gRham prApya tAm rajanIm mitha: |
>>
>> कथया एक-गृहे रम्ये क्षपयाम्.आसु: आदृता: ॥५१॥
>>
>> kathayA eka-gRhe ramye kSapayAm.Asu: AdRtA: ||51||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *having reached the royal palace,*
>>
>> *they spent the night in the company of a queen in talk*
>>
>> *with all its proper pleasantries*
>>
>> *.*
>> ~AS. The words are: kSapayA Sasu: (spent - or literally reduced the night
>> to nothing) with great respect - or attention to each other (AdRtAH). This
>> is a common way to use AdRtA: - thinking highly of each other!
>>
>> *jd. in KG ed., both text and ABComm. have kSapayAm. One MW reading has
>> "#kSip - to pass or while away (the time or night, कालम् , क्षपाम्)
>> Katha-s.s.. lv , 154 ; xcI , 84.
>>
>>
>>
>> प्रभाते अन्तःपुरे तस्थौ पुरन्ध्री-जन-लीलया ।
>>
>> prabhAte anta:pure tasthau purandhrI-jana-lIlayA |
>>
>> राक्षसी मन्त्र-राजानौ स्व-व्यापारौ बभूवतु: । ॥५२॥
>>
>> rAkSasI mantra-rAjAnau sva-vyApArau babhUvatu: ||52||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *came to the Inner City,*
>>
>> *where she was playing.at <http://playing.at> Being.a.Lady*
>>
>> *(altho a Demoness)*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *then*
>>
>> *she, the Minister, and King,*
>>
>> *pursued their private businesses*
>>
>> *.*
>> ~vlm.52. As it became morning, the Rakshasi went inside the house, and
>> there remained with the women; while the prince and the minister attended
>> to their business.
>>
>> ~sv.52 49-52 She became a charming young woman and accompanied the king
>> to live as his guest.
>>
>> ~AS. ... she played a woman in the house and they went about their
>> routine business.
>>
>>
>>
>> ततो दिवस-षट्केन संचितानि मही-भृता ।
>>
>> tato divasa-SaTkena samcitAni mahI-bhRtA |
>>
>> नृप: पर-पुरेभ्यो_अपि स्व-मण्डल-गणात् तथा ॥५३॥
>>
>> nRpa: para-purebhyo_api sva-maNDala-gaNAt tathA ||53||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *in the following six days,*
>>
>> *the EarthLord called a Gathering*
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *from other cities*
>>
>> *as-well-as*
>>
>> *from Royal City*
>>
>> *...*
>>
>>
>> त्रीणि वध्यसहस्राणि तानि तस्यै तदा ददौ ।
>>
>> trINi vadhyasahasrANi tAni tasyai tadA dadau |
>>
>> सा बभूव निशा काले सैवोग्रा कृष्णराक्षसी ॥५४॥
>>
>> sA babhUva nizA kAle sA_eva_ugrA kRSNa.rAkSasI ||54||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *were condemned to death*
>>
>> *and all of them he gave to her*
>>
>> and *she became in that night time*
>>
>> *a very ugly BlackDemoness*
>>
>> *.*
>> *jd. what a crime rate there must have been in this vicious monarchy!
>>
>>
>>
>> तानि वध्यसहस्राणि जग्राह भुजमण्डले । धारानिकरजालानि मेघमालेव कोटरे ॥५५॥
>>
>> tAni vadhya-sahasrANi jagrAha bhuja-maNDale | dhArAni-kara-jAlAni
>> megha-mAlA_iva koTare ||55||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *she grasped in her greedy arms*
>>
>> *as a dark cloud embraces waterdrops*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>>
>> ययौ राजानमापृच्छ्य तदेव हिमवच्छिर: ।
>>
>> yayau rAjAnam_ApRcchya tadeva himavac_chira: |
>>
>> दरिद्रा लब्ध-हेमेव ग्रहेषूग्र-शरीरिणी ॥५६॥
>>
>> daridrA labdha-hema_iva graheSu_ugra-zarIriNI ||56||
>>
>> .
>>
>> yayau rAjAnam_ApRcchya -
>>
>>
>> *.*
>>
>> *then*
>>
>> on a snowy mountain-top
>>
>> *like a pauper hoarding gold,*
>>
>> *by what was in the grasp of her Ogress.body*
>>
>> *...*
>>
>>
>> तत्र तृप्ता भृशम् भुक्त्वा सुखम् सुप्त्वा दिनत्रयम् ।
>>
>> tatra tRptA bhRzam bhuktvA sukham suptvA dina.trayam |
>>
>> आसीत्प्रबोधसुस्वस्था सा समाधिमति: पुन: ॥५७॥
>>
>> AsIt_prabodha-su.svasthA sA samAdhimati: puna: ||57||
>>
>> ...
>>
>>
>> *and thete she took her rest for three full days*
>>
>> *:*
>>
>> *she became established in her awakening*
>>
>> *and again entered sadmAdhi*
>>
>> *.*
>> *vlm. ... regaining the firmness of her understanding, she was employed
>> in her devotion.
>>
>>
>>
>> पञ्चभिर्वा चतुर्भिर्वा वर्षै: सा संप्रबुध्यत ।
>>
>> paJcabhir_vA caturbhir_vA varSai: sA samprabudhyata |
>>
>> तत्ततो मण्डलम् याति तेन राजसभाजने ॥५८॥
>>
>> tat.tato maNDalam yAti tena rAja.sabhA-jane ||58||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *when five or six years passed *
>>
>> *she awoke*
>>
>> *. *
>>
>> *at that time she went to the Palace*
>>
>> *and she came before the Royal Assembly*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>>
>> तत्र विश्रम्भगर्भाभि: कथाभि: कंचिदेव सा ।
>>
>> tatra vizrambha-garbhAbhi: kathAbhi: kam.cid_eva sA |
>>
>> स्थित्वा कालम् गृहीत्वा तान्वध्यान्स्वास्पन्दमेत्यथ ॥५९॥
>>
>> sthitvA kAlam gRhItvA tAn_vadhyAn_svAspadam_ety_atha ||59||
>>
>> .
>>
>>
>> *—*
>>
>> *but now it's time again for her to grasp*
>>
>> *the doomed*
>>
>> *and fix them properly*
>>
>> *.*
>>
>>
>> जीवन्मुक्ततयैवमेव विपिने साद्यापि रक्षोङ्गना
>>
>> jIvan.muktatayA_evam_eva vipine sA_adya_api rakSo_'GganA
>>
>> तस्मिन्नेव गिरौ स्थिता विचलितध्यानैकतानाशया ।
>>
>> tasmin_na_iva girau sthitA vicalita-dhyAna-ekatAna-AzayA |
>>
>> तस्मिन्राजनि शान्तिमागतवति त्यक्तैषणेनात्मना
>>
>> tasmin_rAjani zAntim_Agatavati tyakta-eSaNena_AtmanA
>>
>> तद् राष्ट्राधिपसौहृदै: स्वकवलानास्वादयन्ती चिरं ॥६०॥
>>
>> tad_rASTra.adhipa-sauhRdai: svaka-valAn_AsvAdayantI ciram ||60||
>>
>>
>> *in Living.Freedom now again that Demon Lady =*
>>
>> *no longer as she had been on her mountain*
>>
>> *in a thoughtless one-pointed state*
>>
>> *when that rAjA came to peace*
>>
>> *having forsaken his own desires*
>>
>> *she*
>>
>> *with her friends in government*
>>
>> *dwelt in peasure for a very long time*
>>
>> *.*
>> ~vlm.60. Thus freed from cares even in her lifetime, she continued to
>> remain as a liberated being in that mountain &c. &c.
>>
>> ~sv.60 58-60 After her meal she would often go into samAdhi for a few
>> years at a time, before returning to normal consciousness and normal life.
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> *A Note on WORD FORMATION:*
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>>
>> --
>> You received this message because you are subscribed to the Google Groups
>> "yoga vasishtha" group.
>> To unsubscribe from this group and stop receiving emails from it, send an
>> email to yoga-vasishth...@googlegroups.com.
>> To post to this group, send email to yoga-va...@googlegroups.com.
>> To view this discussion on the web visit
>> https://groups.google.com/d/msgid/yoga-vasishtha/9e044b4c-bd5b-490f-98eb-9c5a69d72bbb%40googlegroups.com
>> .